1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15935 48681))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/04 19:52:34 $.
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16053 28656))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16053 28632))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16032 52946))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log")
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log")
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log")
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
245 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
246 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
248 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
249 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
251 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
252 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
254 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
255 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
257 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
258 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
260 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
261 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
262 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
263 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
264 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
266 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
271 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
272 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
273 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
277 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
279 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
281 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
282 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
288 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
289 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16055
291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
293 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
294 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
295 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
296 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
297 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
298 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
299 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
300 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
301 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
302 interpreted as `error'.")
304 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice")
306 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
307 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
308 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
309 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
310 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
311 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
312 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
313 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
315 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice")
317 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
318 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
319 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
320 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
321 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
322 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
323 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
324 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
325 will be overwritten with the new one.
326 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
327 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
328 will clear the cache.
330 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
332 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
333 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
334 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
336 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
337 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
341 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
342 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
343 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
344 see also `ad-add-advice'.
345 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
346 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
347 before/around/after-advices will be used.
348 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
349 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
350 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
351 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
352 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
353 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
355 Semantics of the various flags:
356 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
357 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
358 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
360 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
361 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
363 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
364 advised function should be compiled.
366 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
367 during activation until somebody enables it.
369 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
370 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
371 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
372 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
374 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
375 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
376 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
377 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
378 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
383 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
387 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
388 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
389 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15790 59645))
390 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
392 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
393 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
394 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
395 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
396 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
397 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
398 rule's `separate' attribute).
400 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
401 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
402 `separate' attribute set.
404 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
405 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
406 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
407 on the format of these lists.
409 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
411 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
412 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
413 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
414 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
415 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
416 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
417 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
418 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
419 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
420 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
424 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
433 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
435 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
437 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
438 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
439 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
440 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
441 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
446 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
447 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
448 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
449 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
450 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
451 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
452 been used to align that section.
454 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
456 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
457 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
458 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
459 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
460 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
461 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
466 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
467 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
472 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
478 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (15962 22157))
479 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 (autoload (quote allout-init
) "allout" "\
482 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
484 MODE is one of the following symbols:
486 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
487 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
488 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
489 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
490 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
491 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
492 any confirmation check.
494 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
495 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
496 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
497 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
499 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
500 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
501 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
503 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
504 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
509 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
513 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
514 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16025 23570))
515 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
517 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
519 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
520 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
521 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
522 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
523 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
524 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
526 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
528 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
531 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
533 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) (quote file-remote-p
) t
)
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15935 48681))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
541 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
549 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
551 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
555 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
557 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
558 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
564 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
565 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15935 40150))
566 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
568 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
569 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
573 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
574 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
576 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
577 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
578 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
579 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
581 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
582 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
584 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
586 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
590 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
591 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15935 48914))
592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
594 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
595 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
596 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
597 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
598 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
601 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
602 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
603 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
606 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
607 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
608 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
609 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
613 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
614 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
619 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
620 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
621 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
627 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
628 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
629 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
630 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15935 46813))
631 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
633 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
634 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
635 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
636 as the first thing on a line.")
638 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt")
640 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
641 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
643 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt")
645 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
646 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
648 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt")
650 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
651 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
653 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt")
655 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
656 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
658 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt")
660 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
661 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
663 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt")
665 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
666 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
668 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt")
670 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
671 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
672 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
674 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt")
676 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
677 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
678 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
680 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
682 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
683 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
687 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
688 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
689 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
690 put in the appointments list.
694 10:00am group meeting
695 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
696 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
697 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
703 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
704 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
705 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (15935 40265))
706 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
708 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
709 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
711 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
713 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
714 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
715 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
718 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
720 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
722 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
723 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
724 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
725 noninteractive functions.
727 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
728 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
730 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
732 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
733 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
735 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
737 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
738 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
739 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
740 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
741 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
743 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
745 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
746 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
747 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
748 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
749 Returns list of symbols and values found.
751 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
753 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
754 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
755 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
756 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
758 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
760 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
764 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16055
766 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
768 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
769 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
770 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
771 Letters no longer insert themselves.
772 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
773 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
775 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
776 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
781 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
785 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15935 40288))
786 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
788 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
789 Major mode for editing arrays.
791 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
792 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
793 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
795 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
797 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
798 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
799 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
801 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
802 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
803 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
804 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
807 Variables you assign:
808 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
809 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
810 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
811 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
812 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
813 row numbers in the buffer.
815 Variables which are calculated:
816 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
817 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
819 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
820 take a numeric prefix argument):
822 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
823 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
824 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
825 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
827 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
828 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
829 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
830 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
832 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
837 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
838 between that of point and mark.
840 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
841 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
843 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
844 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
845 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
846 newlines inside rows)
848 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
850 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
856 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15792
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
860 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
861 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
862 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
863 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
865 How to quit artist mode
867 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
870 How to submit a bug report
872 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
875 Drawing with the mouse:
878 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
879 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
883 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
886 Operation Not shifted Shifted
887 --------------------------------------------------------------
888 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
890 --------------------------------------------------------------
891 Line Line in any direction Straight line
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Rectangle Rectangle Square
894 --------------------------------------------------------------
895 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
898 --------------------------------------------------------------
899 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
900 --------------------------------------------------------------
901 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
902 --------------------------------------------------------------
903 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
904 --------------------------------------------------------------
905 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
915 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
920 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
921 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
922 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
923 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
926 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
927 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
928 overwrite means the opposite.
930 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
931 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
932 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
934 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
936 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
937 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
939 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
940 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
941 are currently drawing something.
943 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
947 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
948 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
953 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
955 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
957 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
959 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
961 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
962 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
964 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
969 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
970 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
971 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
972 When erase characters: toggles erasing
973 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
976 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
978 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
980 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
981 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
982 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
983 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
984 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
985 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
990 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
991 of the line/poly-line
993 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
994 of the line/poly-line
999 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1001 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1002 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1003 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1004 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1005 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1006 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1008 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1010 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1011 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1012 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1013 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1014 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1015 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1016 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1017 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1018 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1019 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1020 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1025 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1026 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1028 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1029 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1030 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1031 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1032 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1033 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1034 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1035 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1036 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1037 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1038 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1039 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1040 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1041 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1042 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1043 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1044 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1045 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1046 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1050 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1051 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1058 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1062 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16011
1064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1066 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1067 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1068 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1070 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1071 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1072 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1073 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1075 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1076 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1078 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1079 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1081 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1090 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1091 ;;;;;; (15935 48553))
1092 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1094 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1097 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1099 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1100 This command is obsolete.
1106 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1107 ;;;;;; (15851 22937))
1108 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1110 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1111 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1112 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1113 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1114 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1116 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg")
1118 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1119 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1120 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1121 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1122 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1123 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1124 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1125 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1126 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1127 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1130 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1131 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1132 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1133 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1134 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1136 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1140 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1141 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1142 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1144 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1146 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg")
1148 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1149 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1150 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1151 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1152 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1153 &c to supply digit arguments.
1155 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1162 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1165 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1166 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1173 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15935 40121))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1176 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1177 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1178 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1182 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1183 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1184 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1185 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1187 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1189 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1190 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1191 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1193 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1195 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert")
1197 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1198 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1199 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1200 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1202 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1203 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1209 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1210 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1211 ;;;;;; (16053 44806))
1212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1214 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1215 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1216 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1217 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1221 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1222 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1223 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1224 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1225 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1226 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1228 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1229 directory or directories specified.
1231 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1233 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1234 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1235 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1241 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1242 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 8758))
1243 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1245 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1246 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1247 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1249 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1250 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1252 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1253 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1254 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1258 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1259 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1261 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1262 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1266 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1267 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1268 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1270 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1272 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert")
1274 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1275 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1277 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1278 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1279 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1285 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1286 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1287 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1289 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1290 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1291 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1293 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1295 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid")
1297 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1298 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1299 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1300 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1302 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1303 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1304 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1306 Effects of the different modes:
1307 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1308 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1309 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1310 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1311 a random distance & direction.
1312 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1313 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1314 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1316 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1318 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1319 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1320 definition of \"random distance\".)
1322 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1326 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1330 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1331 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1332 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1333 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1334 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1336 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1340 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1341 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
1342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1344 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1345 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1347 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1348 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1352 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1353 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1354 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1355 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1357 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1359 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1361 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1365 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1366 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1367 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1369 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1370 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1371 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1372 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1376 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1377 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1378 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1379 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1380 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1387 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1388 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1389 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1391 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1392 Time execution of FORMS.
1393 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1394 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1396 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1397 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1398 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1400 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1402 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1403 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1404 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1405 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1406 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1408 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1410 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1411 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1412 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1413 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1414 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1416 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1420 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15935
1422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1424 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1425 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1427 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1428 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1429 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1430 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1434 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1436 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1437 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1438 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1439 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1440 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1442 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1443 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1444 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1445 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1446 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1447 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1449 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1450 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1454 Special information:
1456 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1458 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1459 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1460 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1461 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1462 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1463 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1465 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1466 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1468 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1469 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1470 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1471 bibtex-entry-format.
1472 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1473 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1474 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1476 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1477 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1479 The following may be of interest as well:
1487 bibtex-complete-string
1489 bibtex-print-help-message
1490 bibtex-generate-autokey
1491 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1493 bibtex-reposition-window
1495 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1497 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1503 bibtex-convert-alien
1506 bibtex-field-delimiters
1507 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1508 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1509 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1511 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1512 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1513 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1514 bibtex-predefined-strings
1517 ---------------------------------------------------------
1518 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15834 24337))
1528 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1530 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1534 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15935
1536 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1538 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1540 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1544 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1545 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1546 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1547 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1548 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1553 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1554 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1557 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1560 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1561 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1563 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1564 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1566 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1567 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1568 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1569 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1570 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1571 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1575 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1577 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1578 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1579 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1580 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1582 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1583 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1584 denoted by the letter `R'.
1586 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1587 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1588 denoted by the letter `H'.
1590 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1593 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1594 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1595 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1596 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1597 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1598 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1601 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1602 degree deflection it causes.
1605 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1608 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1609 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1610 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1611 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1612 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1615 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1616 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1621 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1622 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1629 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1630 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1631 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1632 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1633 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1634 emerging from the box.
1636 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1638 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1639 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1640 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1641 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1642 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1643 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1644 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1645 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1647 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1654 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1655 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1656 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1657 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1658 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1659 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15832 12509))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1661 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1662 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1663 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1665 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1666 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1667 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1668 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1669 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1670 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1672 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1674 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1676 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1678 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1680 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1682 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1684 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1686 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1688 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1690 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1692 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1694 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1696 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1698 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1699 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1700 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1701 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1702 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1703 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1704 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1705 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1708 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1709 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1710 yank successive words.
1712 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1713 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1714 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1715 name of the file being visited.
1717 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1718 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1719 the list of bookmarks.)
1721 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
1723 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1724 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1725 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1726 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1727 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1730 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1731 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1732 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1733 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1735 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1737 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1738 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1739 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1740 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1741 after a bookmark was set in it.
1743 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1745 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1746 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1747 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1748 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1750 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
1752 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1754 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1755 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1756 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1757 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1759 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1760 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1761 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1763 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1764 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1767 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
1769 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1770 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1771 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1772 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1773 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1776 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1778 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1779 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1780 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1781 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1782 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1783 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1784 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1785 probably because we were called from there.
1787 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
1789 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1790 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1791 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1795 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1796 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1797 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1798 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1801 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1802 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1803 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1804 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1805 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1807 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1808 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1809 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1810 `bookmark-default-file'.
1812 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
1814 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1815 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1816 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1817 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1818 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1821 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1822 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1823 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1824 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1825 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1828 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1829 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1830 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1831 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1833 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
1835 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1836 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1837 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1838 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1839 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1843 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1845 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1847 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1848 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1849 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1850 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1851 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1854 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1855 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1856 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1860 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1861 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1862 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1863 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1864 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1867 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1868 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1869 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1873 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1874 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1875 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1879 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1883 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1884 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1885 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1886 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1887 prompts for NEWNAME.
1888 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1889 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1890 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1892 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1893 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1896 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1897 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1898 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1902 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1903 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1904 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1905 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1906 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1907 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1909 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1910 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1911 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1915 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1917 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1919 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1921 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1923 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1925 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1927 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1929 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1931 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1933 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1935 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1937 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1941 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1942 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1943 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1944 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1945 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1946 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1947 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1948 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1949 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16024 37214))
1950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1952 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1953 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1954 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1955 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1957 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1958 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1959 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1960 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1961 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1963 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1965 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1966 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1967 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1968 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1969 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1970 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1972 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1974 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1975 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1976 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1977 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1980 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1982 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1983 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1987 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1988 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1990 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1992 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1993 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1994 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1995 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1997 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1999 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2000 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2001 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2002 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2006 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2007 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2008 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2009 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2010 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2015 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2016 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2017 Default to the URL around or before point.
2019 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2020 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2021 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2022 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2024 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2025 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2027 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
2028 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
2030 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2032 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2033 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2034 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2035 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2037 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2038 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2039 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2040 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2042 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2043 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2045 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2047 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2048 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2049 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2050 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2052 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2053 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2054 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2055 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2057 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2058 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2059 new tab in an existing window instead.
2061 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2062 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2064 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2066 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2067 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2068 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2069 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2071 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2072 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2073 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2074 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2076 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2077 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2078 new tab in an existing window instead.
2080 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2081 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2083 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2085 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2086 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2087 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2088 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2090 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2091 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2092 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2093 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2095 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2096 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2098 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2100 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2101 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2104 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2105 program is invoked according to the variable
2106 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2108 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2109 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2110 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2111 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2113 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2114 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2116 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2118 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2119 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2120 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2121 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2123 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2125 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2126 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2127 Default to the URL around or before point.
2129 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2130 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2131 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2133 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2134 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2135 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2136 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2138 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2139 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2141 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2143 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2144 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2145 Default to the URL around or before point.
2147 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2149 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2150 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2151 Default to the URL around or before point.
2153 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2154 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2155 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2157 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2158 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2160 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2162 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2163 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2164 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2165 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2167 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2169 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2170 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2171 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2172 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2173 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2175 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2179 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2180 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2182 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2183 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2184 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2185 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2187 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2188 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2190 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2192 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2193 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2194 Default to the URL around or before point.
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2198 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2199 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2200 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2201 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2202 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2205 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2206 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2207 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2208 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2210 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2211 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2213 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2215 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2217 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2218 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2219 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2220 don't offer a form of remote control.
2222 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2226 Default to the URL around or before point.
2228 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2232 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15828
2234 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2236 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2237 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2241 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2242 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2248 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2249 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 20555))
2250 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2252 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2253 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2254 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2255 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2259 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2260 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2261 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2262 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2266 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2267 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2271 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2272 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2274 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2275 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2276 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2277 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2279 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2280 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2281 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2282 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2283 name of buffer configuration.
2289 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2290 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15887
2292 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2294 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2295 Keymap used by buttons.")
2297 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2298 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2299 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2301 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2302 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2303 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2304 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2305 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2306 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2308 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2309 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2310 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2311 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2313 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2315 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2316 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2317 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2318 specifying properties to add to the button.
2319 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2320 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2321 `define-button-type'.
2323 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2325 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2327 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2328 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2329 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2330 specifying properties to add to the button.
2331 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2332 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2333 `define-button-type'.
2335 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2337 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2339 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2340 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2341 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2342 specifying properties to add to the button.
2343 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2344 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2345 `define-button-type'.
2347 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2348 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2349 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2352 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2354 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2356 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2357 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2358 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2359 specifying properties to add to the button.
2360 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2361 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2362 `define-button-type'.
2364 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2365 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2366 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2367 `insert-text-button'.
2369 Also see `make-text-button'.
2371 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2375 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2376 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2377 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2378 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2379 ;;;;;; (16055 17308))
2380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2382 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2383 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2384 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2386 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2388 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2389 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2390 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2391 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2393 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2394 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2395 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2396 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2397 whether to compile it.
2399 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2401 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2402 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2404 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2406 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2407 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2408 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2409 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2410 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2412 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2414 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2415 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2416 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2417 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2421 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2422 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2423 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2425 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2427 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2428 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2429 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2430 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2431 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2432 all functions called by those functions.
2434 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2435 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2438 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2439 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2440 invoked interactively.
2442 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2445 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2446 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2447 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2451 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2452 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2453 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2454 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2455 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2456 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2457 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2460 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2462 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2463 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2464 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2465 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15935 46813))
2472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2474 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2476 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2480 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2481 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
2482 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2484 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2485 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2486 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2487 from the cursor position.
2489 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2494 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2495 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15935
2497 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2499 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2500 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2502 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2503 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2505 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2506 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2507 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2508 If nil, use original installation directory.
2509 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2511 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2512 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2514 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2515 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2517 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2518 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2519 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2521 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2522 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2526 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2527 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2529 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2531 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2532 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2536 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2537 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2541 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2542 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2543 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2544 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2546 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2548 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2549 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2550 This is most useful in the X window system.
2551 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2552 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2556 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2557 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2558 See calc-keypad for details.
2562 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2563 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2565 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2567 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2568 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2570 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2572 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2573 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2575 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2577 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2578 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2579 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2581 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2583 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2586 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2590 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2591 ;;;;;; (15935 46669))
2592 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2594 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2595 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2601 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15934
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2605 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2606 Run the Emacs calculator.
2607 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2613 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2614 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2615 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2616 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2617 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2618 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2619 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2620 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2621 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2622 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2623 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2624 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2625 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2626 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2627 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2628 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2629 ;;;;;; (15953 24862))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2632 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2633 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2634 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2636 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2638 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2639 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2640 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2641 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2644 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2646 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2647 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2648 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2649 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2650 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2652 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2654 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2655 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2656 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2657 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2658 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2659 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2660 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2662 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2663 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2664 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2665 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2666 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2668 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2669 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2670 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2672 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2674 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2675 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2676 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2678 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2680 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2681 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2682 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2684 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2686 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2687 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2688 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2691 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2693 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2694 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2695 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2697 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2699 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2700 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2701 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2703 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2705 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2707 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2708 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2709 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2711 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2714 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2716 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2717 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2718 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2720 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2723 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2725 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2726 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2727 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2729 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2731 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2732 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2733 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2734 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2735 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2737 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2739 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2740 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2741 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2742 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2743 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2744 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2745 a function is also provided for this:
2746 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2748 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2749 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2750 date is not visible in the window.
2752 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2753 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2754 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2756 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2758 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2759 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2761 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2762 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2763 date is visible in the window.
2765 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2766 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2767 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2769 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2771 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2772 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2776 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2778 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2780 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2782 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2783 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2785 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2793 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2794 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2795 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2796 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2797 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2798 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2799 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2800 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2803 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2804 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2805 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2813 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2814 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2816 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2817 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2818 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2819 window but will appear in a diary window.
2821 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2822 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2824 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2825 entries (in the default American style):
2827 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2828 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2829 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2831 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2832 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2833 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2834 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2835 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2836 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2837 &* 15 time cards due.
2839 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2840 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2841 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2845 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2846 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2847 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2848 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2849 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2850 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2852 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2853 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2854 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2856 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2858 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2860 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2861 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2862 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2863 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2864 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2865 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2866 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2867 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2868 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2870 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2871 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2872 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2873 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2874 for these functions for details.
2876 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2877 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2879 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2881 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2882 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2884 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2886 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2887 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2889 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2891 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2892 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2894 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2896 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2897 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2898 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2900 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2902 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2903 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2904 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2906 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2908 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2909 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2910 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2911 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2913 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2915 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2916 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2917 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2918 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2926 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2927 characters with or without a period.")
2929 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2931 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2932 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2933 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2935 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2937 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2938 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2939 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2941 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2943 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2944 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2945 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2947 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2949 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2950 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2951 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2953 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2955 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2956 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2957 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2958 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2959 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2960 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2962 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2964 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2965 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2966 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2968 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2969 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2970 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2973 #include \"filename\"
2975 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2976 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2977 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2978 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2979 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2981 For example, you could use
2983 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2984 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2985 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2987 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2988 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2989 lexicographic order.")
2991 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2993 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2994 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2995 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2997 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2999 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3000 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3001 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3004 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3005 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3006 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3007 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3008 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3009 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3010 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3012 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3013 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3014 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3015 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3016 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3017 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3018 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3019 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3021 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3023 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3024 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3025 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3026 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3027 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3028 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3030 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3032 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3033 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3035 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3036 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3037 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3039 #include \"filename\"
3040 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3041 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3042 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3043 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3044 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3046 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3048 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3049 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3050 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3051 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3052 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3053 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3055 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3057 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3058 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3059 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3062 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3064 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3065 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3066 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3067 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3068 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3070 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3072 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3074 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3075 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3078 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3080 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3082 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3086 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3088 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3090 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3094 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3096 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3098 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3099 *User defined holidays.
3100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3102 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3104 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3106 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3108 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3110 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3112 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3114 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3116 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3118 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3120 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3122 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3126 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3128 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3130 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3131 *Christian holidays.
3132 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3134 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3136 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3138 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3142 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3144 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3146 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3147 *Sun-related holidays.
3148 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3150 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3152 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3154 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3155 The frame set up of the calendar.
3156 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3157 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3158 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3159 any other value the current frame is used.")
3161 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3162 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3163 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3165 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3166 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (16017 65125))
3173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3175 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3176 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3178 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3179 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3181 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3182 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3184 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3185 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3187 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3188 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3190 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3191 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3195 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3196 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3197 ;;;;;; (15941 45699))
3198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3200 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3205 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3206 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3207 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3208 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3209 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3210 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
3212 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3214 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
3215 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
3223 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3224 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3225 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3226 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3227 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3228 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3231 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3233 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3234 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3235 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3242 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3244 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3245 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3246 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3247 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3253 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
3261 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3262 Major mode for editing Java code.
3263 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3264 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3265 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3266 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
3269 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3272 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3273 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
3274 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
3275 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
3282 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3283 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3285 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3292 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3293 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3294 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3301 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3302 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3303 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3304 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3305 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3306 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3312 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3313 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3322 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3323 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15942 63314))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3326 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3327 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3328 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3329 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3330 for details of setting up styles.
3332 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3335 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3336 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3337 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3338 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3341 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3342 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3343 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3344 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3345 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3348 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3349 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3350 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3351 when used elsewhere.
3353 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3355 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3356 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3357 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
3358 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3360 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3362 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3363 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3364 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3366 \(fn STYLE DESCRIP &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3368 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3369 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3370 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3371 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3372 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3374 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15954 24280))
3379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3381 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
3382 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
3383 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
3384 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
3385 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
3387 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
3388 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
3390 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
3395 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3396 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3397 ;;;;;; (15791 52022))
3398 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3400 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3401 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3403 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3405 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3406 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3408 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3410 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3411 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3413 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3414 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3415 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3416 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3419 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3421 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3423 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3424 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3426 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3427 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3431 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3432 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3433 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3436 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3437 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3438 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3439 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3441 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3442 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3447 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3449 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3452 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3453 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3455 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3456 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3457 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3460 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3462 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3463 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3464 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3466 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3468 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3470 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3471 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3473 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3477 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3479 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3481 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3482 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3485 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3486 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3489 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3491 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3492 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3493 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3494 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3495 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3496 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3497 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3498 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3499 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3500 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3501 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3502 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3503 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3504 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3505 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3506 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3509 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3510 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3512 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3513 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3515 | (write EXPRESSION)
3516 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3517 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3520 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3523 ;; Same as: (write string)
3525 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3526 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3527 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3531 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3532 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3533 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3534 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3535 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3537 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3538 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3540 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3543 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3544 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3545 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3547 ARG := REG | integer
3550 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3553 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3556 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3559 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3560 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3563 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3564 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3565 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3568 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3569 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3570 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3573 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3574 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3576 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3577 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3581 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3582 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3585 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3586 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3588 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3591 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3595 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3596 ;; Same meaning as C code
3597 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3599 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3604 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3605 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3608 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3609 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3613 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3617 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3618 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3619 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3621 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3622 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3623 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3625 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3626 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3627 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3628 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3629 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3632 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3634 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3635 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3636 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3637 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3638 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3639 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3641 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3643 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3644 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3645 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3647 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3649 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3653 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3654 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3655 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3656 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3657 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3658 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3659 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3660 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3661 ;;;;;; (16004 34986))
3662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3664 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3665 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3666 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3667 the users will view as each check is completed.
3671 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3672 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3673 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3674 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3675 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3676 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3677 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3678 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3680 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3682 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3683 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3684 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3685 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3686 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3687 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3688 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3689 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3691 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3694 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3695 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3696 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3697 spacing are all verified.
3701 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3702 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3703 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3704 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3705 otherwise stop after the first error.
3707 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3709 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3710 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3711 Only documentation strings are checked.
3712 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3713 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3716 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3718 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3719 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3720 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3721 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3722 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3724 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3726 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3727 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3728 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3729 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3732 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3734 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3735 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3736 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3737 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3739 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3741 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3743 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3744 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3745 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3747 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3749 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3750 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3751 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3752 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3753 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3757 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3758 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3759 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3760 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3761 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3762 space at the end of each line.
3764 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3766 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3767 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3768 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3769 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3771 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3773 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3774 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3775 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3776 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3778 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3780 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3781 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3782 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3783 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3785 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3787 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3788 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3789 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3790 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3792 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3794 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3795 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3796 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3797 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3799 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3801 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3802 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3803 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3804 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3806 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3808 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3809 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3810 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3811 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3813 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3815 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3816 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3817 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3820 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3822 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3823 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3824 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3827 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3830 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3831 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3833 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3834 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3835 checking of documentation strings.
3837 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3843 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3844 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3846 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3848 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3849 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3850 Return the length of resulting text.
3852 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3854 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3855 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3859 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3860 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3861 Return the length of resulting text.
3863 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3865 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3866 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3872 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3873 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15876 52395))
3874 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3876 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3877 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3878 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3879 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3880 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3881 editing and the result is evaluated.
3883 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3885 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3886 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3887 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3888 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3889 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3891 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3895 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3896 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3897 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3898 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3899 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3901 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3902 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3903 \\{command-history-map}
3905 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3906 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15834 24364))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3915 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3916 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3917 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3918 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3919 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3920 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3922 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3923 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3927 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3928 ;;;;;; (16040 38577))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3931 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3934 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3938 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3939 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3942 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3943 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3944 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3945 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3947 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3948 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3949 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3951 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3952 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3954 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3958 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15935
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3962 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3963 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3964 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3965 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3966 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3967 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3968 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3971 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3975 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3976 ;;;;;; (15990 40862))
3977 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3979 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3980 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3981 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3982 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3983 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3986 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3990 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3991 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3992 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15935 48018))
3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3995 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3996 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3997 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4000 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4001 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4002 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4003 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4005 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4007 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4008 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4009 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4011 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4013 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4014 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4015 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4017 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4019 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4020 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4021 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4023 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4025 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4026 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4028 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4029 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4030 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4032 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4033 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4037 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4038 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4040 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4041 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4042 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4044 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4048 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4049 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4050 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4051 ;;;;;; (15930 37559))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4054 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4055 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4056 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4057 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4058 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4059 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4060 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4061 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4063 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4065 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4068 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4069 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4070 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4071 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4072 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4073 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4074 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4076 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4078 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4080 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4081 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
4082 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4083 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4084 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4085 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4087 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4089 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4090 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4091 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4093 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4095 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4098 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4099 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4101 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4103 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4105 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4106 Send COMMAND to current process.
4107 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4108 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4110 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4112 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4113 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4114 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4115 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4117 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4121 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15668
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4125 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4126 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4127 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4128 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4130 This command pushes the mark in each window
4131 at the prior location of point in that window.
4132 If both windows display the same buffer,
4133 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4134 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4136 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4137 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4138 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4140 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4144 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4145 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4146 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4147 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15906 29351))
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4150 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4151 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4153 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4155 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4156 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4158 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4160 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4161 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4162 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4163 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4164 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4166 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4167 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4168 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4169 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4170 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4172 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4173 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4174 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4175 describing how the process finished.")
4177 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4178 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4179 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4180 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4182 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4183 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4184 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4186 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4188 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4189 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4190 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4191 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4193 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4195 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4196 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4197 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4198 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4200 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4201 and move to the source code that caused it.
4203 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4204 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4206 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
4207 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
4208 Then start the next one.
4210 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4211 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4212 to a function that generates a unique name.
4214 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4216 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4217 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4218 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4219 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4220 where grep found matches.
4222 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4223 easily repeat a grep command.
4225 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4226 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4227 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4228 if that history list is empty).
4230 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4232 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4233 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4234 Collect output in a buffer.
4235 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4236 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4238 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4239 easily repeat a find command.
4241 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4243 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4244 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4245 Collect output in a buffer.
4246 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4247 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4248 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4249 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4250 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4252 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4253 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4255 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4256 easily repeat a find command.
4258 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4259 those sub directories of DIR.
4261 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4263 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4264 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4265 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4266 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4267 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4269 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4271 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4273 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4274 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4275 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4276 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4277 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4278 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4279 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4283 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4284 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4285 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4286 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4287 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4288 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4292 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4293 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4295 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4296 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4298 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4299 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4300 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4301 and start at the first error.
4303 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4304 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4305 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4306 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4307 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4308 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4310 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4311 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4312 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4314 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4315 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4317 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4318 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4322 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4323 ;;;;;; (15851 7849))
4324 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4326 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4327 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4328 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4330 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4332 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4334 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4335 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4336 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4338 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4339 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4340 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4341 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4343 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4344 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4345 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4346 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4348 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4349 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4350 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4351 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4357 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4358 ;;;;;; (15937 24942))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4361 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4362 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4368 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4369 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4370 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4371 ;;;;;; (15935 40578))
4372 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4374 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4375 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4376 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4377 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4380 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4382 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4383 | | 1:tc or top-center
4384 | | 2:tr or top-right
4385 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4386 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4387 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4388 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4389 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4390 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4392 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4393 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4394 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4395 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4398 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4399 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4400 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4402 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4406 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4410 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4413 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4414 Compose characters in the current region.
4416 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4417 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4419 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4421 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4422 specifying the region.
4424 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4425 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4426 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4428 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4429 of the text in the region.
4431 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4433 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4434 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4435 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4436 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4438 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4439 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4442 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4443 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4444 text in the composition.
4446 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4448 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4449 Decompose text in the current region.
4451 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4452 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4454 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4456 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4457 Compose characters in string STRING.
4459 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4460 the characters in it.
4462 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4463 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4464 STRING respectively.
4466 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4467 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4468 `compose-region' for more detail.
4470 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4471 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4472 text in the composition.
4474 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4476 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4477 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4479 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4481 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4482 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4483 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4484 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4485 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4486 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4487 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4488 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4490 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4492 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4493 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4495 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4496 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4498 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4499 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4501 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4502 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4504 If no composition is found, return nil.
4506 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4507 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4509 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4510 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4511 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4513 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4515 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4517 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4518 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4519 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4521 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4523 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4525 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4527 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4528 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4530 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4531 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4532 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4533 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4534 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4535 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4536 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4539 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4541 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4542 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4544 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4546 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4547 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4549 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4551 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4553 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4554 Compose last characters.
4555 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4556 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4557 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4558 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4559 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4560 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4561 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4562 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4563 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4564 after a sequence character events.
4567 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4569 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4570 Convert CHAR to string.
4572 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4573 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4574 vector of CHAR respectively.
4575 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4577 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4579 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4583 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4584 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
4585 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4587 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4588 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4589 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4590 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4592 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4594 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4595 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4596 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4597 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4599 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4601 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4602 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4603 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4604 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4606 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4608 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4609 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4611 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4615 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4616 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
4617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4619 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4620 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4621 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4622 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4623 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4624 following the copyright are updated as well.
4626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4628 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4629 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
4633 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4634 ;;;;;; (16051 51668))
4635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4637 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4638 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4639 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4640 Tab indents for Perl code.
4641 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4642 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4644 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4645 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4646 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4647 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4648 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4649 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4650 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4651 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4652 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4653 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4654 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4655 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4657 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4659 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4660 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4662 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4664 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4665 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4666 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4667 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4668 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4669 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4670 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4671 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4672 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4674 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4678 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4679 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4680 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4683 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4684 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4685 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4687 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4689 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4690 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4691 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4692 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4693 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4695 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4705 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4706 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4707 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4708 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4709 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4710 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4711 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4712 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4713 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4714 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4715 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4716 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4717 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4719 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4720 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4721 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4722 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4723 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4724 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4726 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4727 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4730 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4731 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4732 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4733 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4734 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4736 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4737 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4738 span the needed amount of lines.
4740 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4741 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4742 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4743 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4745 Variables controlling indentation style:
4746 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4747 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4748 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4749 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4750 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4751 `cperl-auto-newline'
4752 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4753 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4754 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4755 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4756 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4757 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4758 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4759 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4760 `cperl-indent-level'
4761 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4762 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4763 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4764 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4765 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4766 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4767 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4768 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4769 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4770 `cperl-brace-offset'
4771 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4772 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4773 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4774 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4775 `cperl-label-offset'
4776 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4777 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4778 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4780 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4781 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4782 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4783 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4784 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4786 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4787 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4788 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4789 \(both available from menu).
4791 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4792 column 0 is indented on
4793 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4795 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4798 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4799 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4800 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4806 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4807 ;;;;;; (15935 48914))
4808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4810 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4811 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4812 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4813 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4814 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4818 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4819 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4825 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4826 ;;;;;; (16010 48739))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4829 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4830 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4831 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4832 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4835 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4837 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4839 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4840 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4841 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4845 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4849 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4850 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
4851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4853 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4854 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4855 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4856 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4858 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4859 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4860 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4861 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4863 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4864 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4865 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4867 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4868 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4871 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4872 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4873 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4875 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4877 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4878 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4879 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4881 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4885 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16032
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4889 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4890 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4891 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4893 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4895 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4897 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4898 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4899 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4900 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4901 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4902 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4905 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4906 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4907 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4908 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4909 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4910 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4911 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4912 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4916 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4917 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4918 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4919 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4920 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4921 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4922 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4923 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4924 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (15998 25380))
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4926 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4928 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4929 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4931 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4932 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4934 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4935 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4937 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4939 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4941 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4943 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4946 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4948 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4949 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4951 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4952 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4954 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4955 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4957 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4959 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4961 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4962 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4965 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4966 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4968 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4969 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4971 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4972 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4974 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4975 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4977 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4979 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4981 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4982 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4983 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4984 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4985 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4989 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4990 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4991 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4992 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4996 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4997 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5001 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5002 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5006 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5008 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5009 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5011 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5013 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5015 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5016 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5017 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5019 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5021 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5022 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5023 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5024 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5025 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5027 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5028 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5031 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5033 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
5035 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
5037 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5038 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5040 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5042 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5043 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
5045 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5046 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5048 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5050 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5051 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5055 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5056 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5060 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5061 Customize all already saved user options.
5065 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5066 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5067 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5068 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5069 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5070 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5071 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5073 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5075 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5076 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5077 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5079 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5081 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5082 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5084 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5086 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5087 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5089 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5091 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5092 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5093 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5094 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5095 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5098 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5100 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5101 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5102 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5103 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5104 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5107 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5109 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5110 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5112 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5114 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5115 File used for storing customization information.
5116 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5117 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5118 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5120 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5121 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5122 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5123 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5125 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5127 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5128 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5132 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5133 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5137 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5138 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5139 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5141 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5143 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5144 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5145 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5146 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5147 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5149 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5154 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5155 ;;;;;; (15935 40544))
5156 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5158 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5159 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5161 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5163 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5164 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5165 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5166 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5168 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5170 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5171 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5172 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5173 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5174 between themes and faces.
5175 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5177 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5178 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5180 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5182 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5183 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5184 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5185 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5186 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5188 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5190 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5191 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5192 Associate this setting with THEME.
5194 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5198 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5200 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5202 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5203 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5204 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5206 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5208 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5213 ;;;;;; (15998 41141))
5214 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5216 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5217 Create a custom theme.
5223 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5224 ;;;;;; (15935 40479))
5225 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5227 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5228 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
5232 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5233 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 7545))
5234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5236 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5237 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5239 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5240 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5241 C++ modes are included.
5243 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5247 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5250 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5251 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5255 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5256 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5257 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5259 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5261 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5263 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5264 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5265 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5266 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5267 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5273 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5274 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5275 ;;;;;; (15954 5018))
5276 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5278 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5279 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5281 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5283 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5284 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5286 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5288 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5289 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5290 For readability, the table is slightly
5291 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5293 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5294 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5295 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5296 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5297 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5299 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5303 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5304 ;;;;;; (15935 40833))
5305 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5307 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
5309 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
5311 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5312 Completion on current word.
5313 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5314 and presents suggestions for completion.
5316 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5317 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5320 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5321 then it searches *all* buffers.
5323 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5324 if there is a suitable one already.
5326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5328 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5329 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5331 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5332 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5333 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5334 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5335 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5337 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5338 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5340 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5341 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5342 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5344 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5345 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5347 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5353 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15975
5355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5357 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5358 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5360 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5361 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5362 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5364 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5365 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5366 Data lines are not indented.
5371 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5373 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5374 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5375 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5376 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5378 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5381 Extra indentation within blocks.
5383 dcl-continuation-offset
5384 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5387 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5389 dcl-margin-label-offset
5390 Indentation for a label.
5392 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5393 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5395 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5396 dcl-block-end-regexp
5397 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5398 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5399 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5400 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5401 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5403 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5404 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5405 Two such functions are included in the package:
5406 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5407 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5409 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5410 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5411 One such function is included in the package:
5412 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5414 dcl-tab-always-indent
5415 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5416 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5419 dcl-electric-characters
5420 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5423 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5424 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5425 which words trigger electric indentation.
5428 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5429 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5430 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5432 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5433 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5434 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5435 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5437 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5438 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5439 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5440 dcl-imenu-label-call
5441 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5443 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5444 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5445 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5446 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5449 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5451 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5452 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5453 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5455 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5456 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5460 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5461 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5462 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5463 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5464 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5465 \"lined up with the command line\"
5467 Data lines are not indented at all.
5468 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5473 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5474 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5481 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15935 47054))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5484 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5486 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5487 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5488 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5491 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5492 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5493 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5495 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5497 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5498 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5499 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5500 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5501 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5502 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5503 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5505 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5507 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5508 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5509 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5511 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5515 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5516 ;;;;;; (15905 54474))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5519 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5520 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5524 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5525 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5526 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5527 Upper-case letters are commands.
5529 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5532 The most useful commands are:
5533 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5534 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5535 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5536 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5537 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5538 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5544 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5545 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5549 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5550 Customization of `columns' group.
5554 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5555 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5557 START and END delimits the text region.
5559 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5561 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5562 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5564 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5570 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15935
5572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5574 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5575 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5576 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5577 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5578 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5579 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5581 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5585 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5586 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5587 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5588 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5589 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5590 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5591 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5592 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5593 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5594 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5595 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5596 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5598 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5599 Directories to search when finding external units.
5600 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5601 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5605 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5606 Face used to color delphi comments.
5607 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5608 Face used to color delphi strings.
5609 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5610 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5611 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5612 Face used to color everything else.
5614 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5615 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5617 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5621 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16012
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5625 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5627 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5628 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5629 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5630 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5631 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5633 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5635 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5636 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5637 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5640 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5641 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5642 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5649 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5650 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (16026 35128))
5651 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
5653 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5654 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5656 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5658 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5659 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5660 or nil if there is no parent.
5661 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5662 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5663 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5664 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5665 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5667 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5668 arguments are currently understood:
5670 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5672 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5673 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5675 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5676 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5678 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5680 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5682 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5683 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5684 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5686 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5687 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5689 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5690 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5691 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5693 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5694 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5696 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5698 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5699 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5700 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5701 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5702 the first time the mode is used.
5704 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5708 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5709 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15935 40805))
5710 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5712 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5713 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5714 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5715 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5716 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5719 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5721 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5722 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5723 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5724 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5725 character composition information (if relevant),
5726 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5732 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir
5733 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5734 ;;;;;; (16032 52997))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5737 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5738 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5739 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5740 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name'
5741 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop.
5742 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise.
5746 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5747 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5748 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5749 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5753 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5754 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR.
5755 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop.
5756 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t.
5760 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\
5761 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded.
5765 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5766 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15944
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5776 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5780 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5781 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16040 38488))
5782 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5784 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5785 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5786 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5787 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5788 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5792 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5793 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5794 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5796 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5797 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5798 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5799 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5802 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5804 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5805 european-calendar-style t \\
5806 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5807 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5808 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5810 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5811 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5812 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5813 to run it every morning at 1am.
5815 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5817 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5818 Major mode for editing the diary file." t nil)
5822 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5823 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15739 64695))
5824 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5826 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5827 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5829 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5831 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5832 *The command to use to run diff.")
5834 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5836 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5837 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5838 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5839 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5840 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5841 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5843 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5845 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5846 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5847 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5848 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5849 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5851 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5856 ;;;;;; (15935 40739))
5857 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5859 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5860 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5861 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5863 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5864 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5865 headers for you on-the-fly.
5867 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5868 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5869 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]." t nil)
5871 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5872 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5873 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5879 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5880 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5881 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5882 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5883 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16054 54782))
5884 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5886 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5887 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5888 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5889 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5890 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5891 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5892 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5893 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5895 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5897 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5898 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5900 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5901 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5902 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5903 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5904 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5906 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5907 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5909 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5910 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5911 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5912 always set this variable to t.")
5914 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5916 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5917 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5918 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5919 A value of t means move to first file.")
5921 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5923 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5924 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5925 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5926 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5927 are afterward marked with that character.")
5929 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5931 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5932 *Controls marking of copied files.
5933 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5934 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5936 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5938 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5939 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5940 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5941 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5945 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5946 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5947 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5948 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5950 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5952 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5953 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5954 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5955 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5957 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5959 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5961 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5962 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5963 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5965 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5967 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5968 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5969 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5970 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5971 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5972 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5974 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5975 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5976 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5977 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5978 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5979 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5980 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5981 list of files to make directory entries for.
5982 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5983 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5984 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5985 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5987 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5989 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5990 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5992 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5993 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5995 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5996 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5998 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5999 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6001 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6003 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6004 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6006 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6007 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6012 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6013 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6014 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6015 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6016 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6017 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6018 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6019 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6020 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6021 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6022 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6023 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15948 48462))
6024 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6026 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6027 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6028 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6029 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6030 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6031 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6032 which is options for `diff'.
6034 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6036 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6037 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6038 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6039 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6040 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6041 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6043 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6045 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6046 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6047 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6051 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6052 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6056 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6057 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6061 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6062 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6063 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6064 `lpr-switches' as default.
6066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6068 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6069 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6070 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6071 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6072 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6074 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6075 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6077 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6078 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6079 file name substituted for `?'.
6081 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6082 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6084 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6085 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6086 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6087 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6089 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6091 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6092 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6093 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6095 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6096 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6099 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6100 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6102 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6104 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6105 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6106 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6107 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6108 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6109 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6111 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6113 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6116 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6118 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6119 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6123 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6124 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6128 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6129 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6133 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6134 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6135 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6136 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6138 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6140 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6143 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6145 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6148 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6150 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6151 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6153 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6155 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6158 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6160 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6163 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6165 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6166 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6168 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6170 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6171 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6172 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6173 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6174 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6175 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6176 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6177 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6178 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6182 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6183 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6184 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6185 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6186 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6187 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6188 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6189 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6193 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6194 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6195 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6196 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6197 and new hard links are made in that directory
6198 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6199 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6200 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6204 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6205 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6206 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6207 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6208 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6209 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6210 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6214 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6215 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6217 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6218 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6219 file if none are marked.
6221 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6222 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6223 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6224 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6226 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6227 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6229 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6231 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6232 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6233 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6235 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6237 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6238 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6239 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6241 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6243 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6244 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6245 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6247 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6249 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6250 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6254 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6255 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6259 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6260 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6261 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6262 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6263 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6264 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6266 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6268 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6270 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6271 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6272 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6273 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6274 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6275 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6277 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6279 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6281 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6282 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6283 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6285 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6287 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6288 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6289 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6290 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6294 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6295 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6296 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6297 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6301 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6302 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6303 Lower levels are unaffected.
6305 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6307 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6308 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6312 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6313 Go down in the dired tree.
6317 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6318 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6319 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6320 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6324 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6325 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6326 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6327 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6331 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6332 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6333 Stops when a match is found.
6334 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6336 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6338 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6339 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6340 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6341 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6342 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6344 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6346 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6347 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6348 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6349 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6351 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6355 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15976 22456))
6356 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6358 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6359 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6360 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6361 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6362 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6363 buffer and try again.
6365 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15996 23487))
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6372 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6373 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6374 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6376 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6378 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6379 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6381 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6382 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6384 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6388 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15935
6390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6392 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6393 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6394 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6395 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6396 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6397 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6399 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6403 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6404 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6405 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6406 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6407 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15935 40699))
6408 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6410 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6411 Return a new, empty display table.
6415 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6416 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6417 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6418 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6419 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6421 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6423 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6424 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6425 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6426 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6427 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6429 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6431 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6432 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6436 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6437 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6441 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6442 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6446 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6447 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6451 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6452 Display character C using printable string S.
6456 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6457 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6458 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6459 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6461 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6463 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6464 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6465 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6468 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6470 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6471 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6473 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6475 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6476 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6478 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6480 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6481 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6483 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6484 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6485 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6486 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6488 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6489 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6490 European character display.
6492 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6493 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6494 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6495 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6497 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6498 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6499 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6500 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6501 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6508 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
6509 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6511 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6512 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6513 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6514 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6515 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6516 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6517 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6524 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15935 48681))
6525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6527 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6528 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6534 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6535 ;;;;;; (15935 40668))
6536 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6538 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6541 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6543 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6545 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6547 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6549 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6550 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6556 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15935 48681))
6557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6559 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6560 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6567 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6570 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6571 Play sounds in message buffers.
6577 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6578 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6579 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16032 13913))
6580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6582 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6584 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6586 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6587 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6589 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6590 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6591 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6592 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6593 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6594 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6595 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6596 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6599 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6600 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6601 Before the actual body code, you can write
6602 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6603 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6604 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6605 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6606 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6607 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6608 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6609 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6610 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6611 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6613 For example, you could write
6614 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6615 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6618 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6620 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6621 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6622 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6623 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6624 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6625 :group to specify the custom group.
6627 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6629 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6630 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6631 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6632 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6633 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6634 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6635 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6637 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6639 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6642 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6644 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6645 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6646 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6648 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6652 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6653 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16048
6655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6657 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6659 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6660 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6662 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6663 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6664 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6666 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6667 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6671 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6676 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6677 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6681 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6682 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6684 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6686 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6688 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6690 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6691 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6693 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6694 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6696 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6698 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6700 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6704 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6705 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6706 computed automatically.
6707 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6711 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6713 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6714 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6715 keyboard equivalent.
6719 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6720 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6724 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6725 expression has a non-nil value.
6729 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6730 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6734 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6738 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6739 radio: A radio button.
6740 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6741 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6743 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6747 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6748 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6752 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6754 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6755 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6756 as a solid horizontal line.
6758 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6760 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6762 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6765 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6767 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6768 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6769 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6770 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6772 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6774 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6775 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6776 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6777 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6778 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6779 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6781 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6782 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6783 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6785 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6786 to implement dynamic menus.
6788 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6792 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6793 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6794 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6795 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6796 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15943 30637))
6797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6799 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6800 Customization for ebnf group.
6804 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6805 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6807 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6808 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6811 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6812 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6813 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6814 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6816 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6818 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6819 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6820 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6822 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6824 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6825 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6826 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6827 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6829 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6833 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6834 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6835 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6837 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6839 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6841 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6842 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6844 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6845 The EPS file name has the following form:
6847 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6849 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6850 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6852 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6853 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6854 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6855 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6857 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6861 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6862 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6864 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6865 The EPS file name has the following form:
6867 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6869 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6870 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6872 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6873 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6874 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6875 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6877 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6881 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6883 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6884 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6888 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6889 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6891 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6893 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6894 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6898 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6899 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6901 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6903 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6904 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6906 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6908 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6909 Set STYLE to current style.
6911 It returns the old style symbol.
6915 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6916 Reset current style.
6918 It returns the old style symbol.
6920 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6922 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6923 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6925 It returns the old style symbol.
6927 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6929 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6930 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6932 It returns the old style symbol.
6938 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6939 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6940 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6941 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6942 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6943 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15957 2861))
6944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6946 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6947 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6948 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6949 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6950 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6951 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6953 Tree mode key bindings:
6954 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6958 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6959 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6963 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6964 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6965 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6966 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6969 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6972 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6973 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6974 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6976 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6978 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6979 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6980 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6982 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6984 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6985 Search for call sites of a member.
6986 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6987 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6988 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6989 looks like a function call to the member.
6991 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6994 Move backward in the position stack.
6995 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6999 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7000 Move forward in the position stack.
7001 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7005 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7006 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7010 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7011 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7015 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7016 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7017 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7018 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7020 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7022 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7023 Display statistics for a class tree.
7029 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7033 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7034 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7035 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7036 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7038 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7039 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7040 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7042 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7043 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7044 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7046 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7048 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7054 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7055 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15935 40999))
7056 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7058 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7059 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7060 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7062 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7066 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7067 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15954 4750))
7068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7070 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7071 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7072 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7073 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7074 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7076 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7077 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7078 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7079 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7081 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7083 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7084 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7085 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7086 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7088 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7090 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7091 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7092 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7093 \(naming a function), or a list.
7095 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7097 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7099 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7100 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7101 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7102 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7103 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7105 If you do this on a function definition
7106 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7107 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7108 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7109 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7111 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7112 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7113 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7114 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7122 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7123 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7124 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7125 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7126 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7127 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7128 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7129 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7130 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15935 41131))
7131 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7133 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7134 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7136 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7139 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7141 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7143 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7145 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7147 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7148 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7149 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7150 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7154 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7155 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7157 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7159 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7161 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7162 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7164 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7166 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7168 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7169 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7170 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7171 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7173 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7175 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7177 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7178 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7179 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7180 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7182 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7184 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7186 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7187 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7188 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7189 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7191 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7193 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7195 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7196 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7197 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7198 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7200 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7202 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7204 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7205 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7206 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7207 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7208 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7209 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7211 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7213 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7214 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7215 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7216 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7218 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7220 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7222 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7223 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7224 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7225 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7227 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7229 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7231 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7233 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7234 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7235 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7237 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7238 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7240 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7243 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7244 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7246 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7247 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7249 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7251 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7252 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7253 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7254 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7255 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7257 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7258 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7260 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7262 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7263 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7264 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7265 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7266 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7268 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7269 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7270 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7272 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7274 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7276 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7277 Merge two files without ancestor.
7279 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7281 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7282 Merge two files with ancestor.
7284 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7286 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7288 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7289 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7291 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7293 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7294 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7296 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7298 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7299 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7300 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7303 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7305 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7306 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7307 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7310 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7312 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7313 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7314 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7315 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7319 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7320 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7321 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7322 and don't ask the user.
7323 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7324 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7326 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7328 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7329 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7330 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7331 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7332 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7333 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7335 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7337 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7339 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7341 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7342 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7343 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7344 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7345 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7347 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7349 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7351 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7352 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7353 When called interactively, displays the version.
7357 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7358 Display Ediff's manual.
7359 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7361 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7365 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7366 ;;;;;; (15935 41013))
7367 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7369 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15935 41026))
7377 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7379 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7380 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7382 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7384 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7388 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7389 ;;;;;; (15832 6056))
7390 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7392 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7393 Display Ediff's registry.
7397 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7402 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15935 41087))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7405 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7406 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7407 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7412 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7413 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7414 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7415 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7421 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7422 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7423 ;;;;;; (15935 41162))
7424 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7426 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7427 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7428 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7430 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7431 Edit a keyboard macro.
7432 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7433 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7434 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7436 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7438 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7440 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7441 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7443 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7445 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7446 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7448 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7450 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7451 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7452 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7453 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7454 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7455 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7457 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7458 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7459 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7460 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7462 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7464 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7465 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7466 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7467 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7468 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7469 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7471 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7475 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7476 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15935 47202))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7479 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7481 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7482 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7484 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7486 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7487 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7493 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7494 ;;;;;; (15935 41174))
7495 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7497 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7498 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7499 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7500 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7501 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7502 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7503 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7504 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7506 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7507 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7509 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7510 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7511 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7512 this value is non-nil.
7514 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7515 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7516 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7518 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7519 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7520 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7522 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7524 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7527 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7532 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15944 16331))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7535 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7536 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7538 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7540 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7541 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7542 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7544 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7545 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7546 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7547 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7548 from the documentation string if possible.
7550 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7553 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7557 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7558 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7564 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15818
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7568 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7569 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7571 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7572 an elided material again.
7574 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7580 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7581 ;;;;;; (15790 59914))
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7584 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7591 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7592 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7596 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7597 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7598 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7600 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7602 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7603 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7604 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7606 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7608 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7609 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7610 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7612 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7614 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7616 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7617 Display current profiling results.
7618 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7619 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7627 ;;;;;; (15672 29686))
7628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7630 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7631 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7632 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7634 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7638 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7639 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7640 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7641 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7642 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15998 51012))
7643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7645 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7647 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
7649 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
7651 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
7653 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
7655 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
7657 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
7659 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
7661 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
7663 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7664 Run Emerge on two files.
7666 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7668 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7669 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7671 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7673 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7674 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7676 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7678 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7679 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7683 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7688 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7693 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7696 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7698 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7701 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7703 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7704 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7706 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7708 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7709 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7711 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7713 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7716 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7720 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7721 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
7722 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7724 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7725 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7726 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7728 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7730 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7732 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7733 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7734 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7736 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7737 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7740 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7741 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7742 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7748 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7749 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 7606))
7750 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
7752 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7753 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7754 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7755 text/enriched format.
7756 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7758 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7759 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7763 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7767 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7770 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7772 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7775 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7779 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15620
7781 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7783 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7784 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7792 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
7794 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7796 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7797 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7803 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7804 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15681 46036))
7805 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7807 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7808 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7809 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7810 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7811 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7812 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7813 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7814 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7815 buffer selected (or created).
7817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7819 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7820 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7821 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7823 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7825 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7826 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7827 The result might be any Lisp object.
7828 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7829 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7830 corresponding to a successful execution.
7832 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7834 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7835 Report a bug in Eshell.
7836 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7837 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7843 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7844 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7845 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7846 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
7847 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
7848 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
7849 ;;;;;; (16022 34317))
7850 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7852 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7853 *File name of tags table.
7854 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7855 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7856 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7857 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7859 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7860 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7861 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7862 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7864 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7866 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7867 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7868 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7869 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7870 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7871 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7873 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7875 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7876 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7877 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7878 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7879 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7880 `auto-compression-mode').")
7882 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7884 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7885 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7886 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7887 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7888 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7890 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7892 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7893 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7894 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7895 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7897 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7899 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7900 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7901 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7902 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7903 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7905 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7907 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7908 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7909 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7910 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7912 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7913 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7914 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7915 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7916 file the tag was in.
7918 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7920 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7921 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7922 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7923 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7924 without directory names.
7928 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7929 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7930 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7931 but does not select the buffer.
7932 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7934 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7935 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7936 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7937 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7938 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7940 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7942 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7943 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7944 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7946 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7948 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7950 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7951 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7952 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7953 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7955 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7956 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7957 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7958 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7959 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7961 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7963 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7964 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7965 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7967 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7969 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7970 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7972 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7973 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7974 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7975 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7976 around or before point.
7978 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7979 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7980 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7981 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7982 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7984 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7986 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7987 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7988 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7990 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7992 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7993 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7995 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7996 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7997 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7998 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7999 around or before point.
8001 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8002 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8003 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8004 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8005 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8007 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8009 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8010 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8011 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8013 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8015 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8016 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8018 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8019 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8020 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8022 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8023 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8024 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8025 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8026 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8028 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8030 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8031 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8032 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8034 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8036 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8037 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8038 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8040 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8041 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8043 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8044 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8045 where they were found.
8049 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8050 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8052 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8053 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8054 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8056 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8057 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8059 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8060 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8062 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8064 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8065 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8066 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8067 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8069 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8070 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8071 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8072 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8073 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8075 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8076 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8078 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8079 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8080 Stops when a match is found.
8081 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8083 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8085 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8087 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8088 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8089 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8090 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8091 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8093 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8095 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8097 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8098 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8099 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8100 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8101 directory specification.
8103 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8105 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8106 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8108 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8110 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8111 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8112 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8113 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8117 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8118 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8119 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8120 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8121 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8128 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8129 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8130 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8131 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8132 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8133 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8134 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15935 48150))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8137 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8142 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8143 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8144 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8145 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8147 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8148 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8151 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8152 even if the buffer is read-only.
8154 See also the descriptions of the variables
8155 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8156 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8158 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8160 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8161 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8163 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8164 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8166 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8167 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8170 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8171 buffer is read-only.
8173 See also the descriptions of the variables
8174 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8175 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8177 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8179 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8180 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8181 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8185 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8186 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8188 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8189 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8191 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8192 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8196 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8197 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8198 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8199 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8201 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8203 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8204 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8205 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8206 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8208 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8209 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8210 the primary language.
8212 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8213 buffer is read-only.
8215 See also the descriptions of the variables
8216 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8217 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8219 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8222 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8223 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8224 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8226 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8227 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8230 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8231 buffer is read-only.
8233 See also the descriptions of the variables
8234 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8235 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8237 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8239 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8240 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8241 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8245 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8246 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8248 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8249 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8250 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8251 3) convert the body into SERA.
8253 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8257 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8258 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8259 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8261 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8263 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8264 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8268 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8269 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8271 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8272 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8275 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8276 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8277 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8279 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8281 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8283 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8284 Allow the user to input special characters.
8288 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8289 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8290 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8294 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8295 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8299 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8300 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8302 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8303 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8305 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8306 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8310 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8311 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8315 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8316 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8320 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8321 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8327 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8328 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8329 ;;;;;; (15791 51837))
8330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8332 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8333 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8334 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8335 server for future sessions.
8337 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8339 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8340 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8344 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8345 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8349 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8350 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8351 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8352 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8353 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8354 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8355 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8356 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8357 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8358 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8359 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8360 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8362 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8364 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8365 Display a form to query the directory server.
8366 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8367 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8369 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8371 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8372 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8373 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8377 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
8381 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8382 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8383 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8386 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
8387 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8389 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8391 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
8392 Display URL and make it clickable.
8396 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
8397 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8399 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
8401 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
8402 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8404 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8406 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
8407 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8409 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8411 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
8412 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8414 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8419 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8422 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
8423 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8424 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8428 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
8429 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8436 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
8437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8439 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8440 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8447 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8448 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
8449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8451 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
8452 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8453 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8455 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil
)
8457 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
8458 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8459 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8460 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8461 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8464 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
8466 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
8467 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8468 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8472 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
8473 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8474 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8482 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8485 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
8486 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8487 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8488 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8490 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8492 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8493 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8494 to generate such functions.
8496 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8497 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8498 beginning of the expanded text.
8500 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8501 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8502 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8503 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8505 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8507 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
8509 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
8510 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8511 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8515 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
8516 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8517 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8520 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
8521 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
8525 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16034 39468))
8526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8528 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
8529 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8530 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8532 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8533 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8534 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8536 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8541 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8544 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8546 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8548 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8549 `f90-program-indent'
8550 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8552 `f90-continuation-indent'
8553 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8554 `f90-comment-region'
8555 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8556 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8557 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8558 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8560 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8561 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8562 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8563 `f90-break-delimiters'
8564 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8565 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8566 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8567 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8569 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8570 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8572 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8573 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8574 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8575 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8576 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8577 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8579 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8581 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8583 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8584 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8590 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8591 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8592 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8593 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8594 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15935 41357))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8596 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
8597 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
8599 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
8600 Menu keymap for faces.")
8602 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
8604 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
8605 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8607 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
8609 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
8610 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8612 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
8614 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8615 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8617 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8619 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8620 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8622 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8624 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8625 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8627 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8629 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8630 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8632 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8634 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8636 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8638 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8640 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8641 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8642 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8643 will not show through at all will be removed.
8645 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8647 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8648 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8651 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8652 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8653 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8655 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8657 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8658 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8659 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8661 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8662 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8665 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8666 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8667 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8669 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8671 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8672 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8673 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8675 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8676 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8679 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8680 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8681 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8683 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8685 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8686 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8687 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8688 is the menu item's name.
8690 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8691 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8694 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8695 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8696 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8698 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8700 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8701 Make the region invisible.
8702 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8703 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8705 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8707 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8708 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8709 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8710 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8715 Make the region unmodifiable.
8716 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8717 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8719 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8721 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8722 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8724 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8726 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8727 Remove all text properties from the region.
8729 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8731 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8732 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8733 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8735 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8738 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8740 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8743 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8744 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8745 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8746 of colors that the current display can handle.
8748 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8753 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15930 37682))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8756 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8757 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8758 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8759 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8761 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8763 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8764 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8765 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8767 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8768 - When you save the file's buffer.
8769 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8770 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8771 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8772 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8774 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8776 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8777 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8778 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8779 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8783 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8784 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8788 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8793 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8794 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15832 6910))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8797 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8798 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8799 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8800 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8804 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8805 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8809 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8810 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8811 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8812 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8816 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8817 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8818 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8819 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8820 backup file names and the like).
8822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8824 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8825 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8826 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8827 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8828 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8829 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8830 internally by feedmail):
8832 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8833 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8834 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8835 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8837 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8838 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8839 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8840 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8841 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8843 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8847 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8848 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15975 45005))
8849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8851 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8852 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8853 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8854 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8855 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8856 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8857 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8859 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8861 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8862 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8863 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8864 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8865 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8866 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8867 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8869 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8871 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8873 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8875 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8876 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8877 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8878 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8879 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8880 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8882 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8884 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8885 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8886 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8888 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8889 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8894 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8895 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8897 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8899 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8900 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8907 ;;;;;; (15996 23174))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8910 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8911 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8912 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8913 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8914 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8915 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8916 \(directories) is done.
8919 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8920 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8921 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8926 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15935 41394))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8929 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8930 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8931 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8932 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8933 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8935 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8937 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8938 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8939 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8940 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8942 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8944 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8945 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8946 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8948 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8950 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8951 as the final argument.
8953 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8955 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8956 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8957 and run dired on those files.
8958 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8959 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8961 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8963 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8965 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8966 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8967 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8969 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8971 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8973 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8977 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8978 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8979 ;;;;;; (15935 41411))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8982 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8983 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8984 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8986 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8988 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8990 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8992 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8993 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8994 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8996 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8997 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8999 Variables of interest include:
9001 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9002 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9003 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9005 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9006 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9007 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9009 - `ff-ignore-include'
9010 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9012 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9013 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9016 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9018 - `ff-special-constructs'
9019 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9020 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9021 extracting the filename from that construct.
9023 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9024 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9026 - `ff-search-directories'
9027 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9028 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9030 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9031 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9033 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9034 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9036 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9037 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9039 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9040 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9042 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9043 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9045 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9047 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9048 Visit the file you click on.
9052 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9053 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9060 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9061 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9062 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9063 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9064 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15935 47054))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9067 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9068 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9070 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9072 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9074 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9075 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9077 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9079 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9080 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9082 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9083 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9086 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9087 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9090 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9092 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9093 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9095 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9096 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9097 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9098 it is one of the current buffers.
9100 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9101 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9102 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9104 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9106 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9107 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9109 See `find-function' for more details.
9111 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9113 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9114 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9116 See `find-function' for more details.
9118 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9120 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9121 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9123 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9124 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9127 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9128 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9130 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9132 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9133 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9135 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9136 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9137 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9138 it is one of the current buffers.
9140 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9141 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9142 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9144 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9146 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9147 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9149 See `find-variable' for more details.
9151 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9153 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9154 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9156 See `find-variable' for more details.
9158 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9160 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9161 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9162 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9166 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9167 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9171 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9172 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9176 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9177 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9183 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9184 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9187 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9188 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9190 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9192 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9193 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9197 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9198 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9200 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9204 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9205 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15887 14308))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9208 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9209 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9213 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9214 Display FILE's commentary section.
9215 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9219 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9220 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9226 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9227 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15935 41434))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9230 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9231 Toggle flow control handling.
9232 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9233 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9235 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9237 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9238 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9239 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9240 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9241 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9242 to get the effect of a C-q.
9244 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9249 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9250 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 17335))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9253 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9254 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9255 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9257 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9259 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9260 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9264 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9266 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9268 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9269 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9270 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9271 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9272 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9273 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9276 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9277 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9278 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9281 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9284 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9285 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9286 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9288 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9290 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9291 in your .emacs file.
9293 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9294 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9298 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9300 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9301 The flyspell version
9305 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9306 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9310 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9311 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9313 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9315 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9316 Flyspell whole buffer.
9322 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9323 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9324 ;;;;;; (15832 29330))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9327 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9328 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9332 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9333 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9337 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9338 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9340 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9341 of two major techniques:
9343 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9344 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9345 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9347 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9348 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9349 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9352 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9353 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9354 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9355 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9356 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9359 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9360 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9362 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9364 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9365 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9366 \(This is the default.)
9368 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9369 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9371 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9376 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9377 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9379 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9380 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9381 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9382 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9383 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9384 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9386 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9387 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9388 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9390 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9391 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9392 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9398 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9399 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9400 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16027 16187))
9401 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9403 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9408 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9409 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9410 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9411 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9412 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9413 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9414 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9415 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9416 end of the current highlighting list.
9420 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9421 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9422 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9424 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9425 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9427 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9428 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9429 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9431 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9432 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9433 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9435 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9437 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9438 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9440 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9441 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9443 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9444 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9445 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9447 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9449 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9450 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9456 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15935
9458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9460 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9461 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9462 \\<message-mode-map>
9466 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9467 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9468 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9469 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9470 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9471 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9477 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9478 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15935 41512))
9479 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9481 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9482 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9484 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9485 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9486 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9487 C-c < forms-first-record <
9488 C-c > forms-last-record >
9489 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9490 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9491 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9492 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9493 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9494 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9495 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9496 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9497 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9498 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9500 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9502 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9503 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9507 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9508 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9515 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16034 39560))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9518 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9519 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9520 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9521 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9522 with a character in column 6.")
9524 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9526 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9527 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9528 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9530 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9531 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9533 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9536 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9538 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9541 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9543 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9545 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9546 `fortran-structure-indent'
9547 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9549 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9550 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9551 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9552 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9553 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9554 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9555 nil don't change the indentation
9556 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9558 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9559 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9560 depending on the continuation format in use.
9561 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9562 indentation for a line of code.
9564 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9565 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9566 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9567 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9568 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9569 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9570 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9571 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9572 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9573 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9575 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9576 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9577 statements (default nil).
9578 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9579 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9580 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9581 `fortran-continuation-string'
9582 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9583 line (default \"$\").
9584 `fortran-comment-region'
9585 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9586 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9587 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9588 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9589 as typed (default t).
9590 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9591 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9593 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9594 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9601 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15935 48681))
9602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9604 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9605 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9607 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9608 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9610 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9612 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9613 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9615 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9616 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9618 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9620 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9621 Compile fortune file.
9623 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9624 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9626 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9628 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9629 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9631 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9632 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9633 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9634 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9636 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9638 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9639 Display a fortune cookie.
9641 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9642 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9643 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9644 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9646 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9650 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9651 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15985 65470))
9652 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9654 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9655 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9656 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9657 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9658 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9659 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9660 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9662 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9663 it take real effect.
9664 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9665 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9666 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9668 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9670 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9671 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9672 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9673 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9674 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9675 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9676 specified, the user is queried.
9677 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9679 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9680 see `set-fringe-style'.
9682 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9684 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9685 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9686 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9687 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9688 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9689 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9690 specified, the user is queried.
9691 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9693 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16052 16585))
9698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9700 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9701 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9702 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9703 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9705 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9706 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9707 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9709 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9711 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9712 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9716 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9717 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9725 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9726 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9727 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9728 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9729 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9730 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9732 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9733 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9734 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9737 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9740 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9741 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9742 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9744 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9746 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9747 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9748 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9751 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9755 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9756 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9759 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9760 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9762 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9763 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9765 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9766 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9769 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9770 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9771 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9772 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9773 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9774 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9776 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9777 Each keyword should be a string.
9779 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9780 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9782 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9783 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9784 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9786 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9788 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9790 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9792 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9793 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9794 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9795 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9797 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9798 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9804 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9805 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9808 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9809 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9810 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9811 at places they belong to.
9813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9817 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9818 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15935 47838))
9819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9821 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9822 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9826 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9828 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9829 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9830 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9831 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9832 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9834 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9836 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9837 Read news as a slave.
9839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9841 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9842 Pop up a frame to read news.
9844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9846 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9848 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9849 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9850 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9852 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9856 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9857 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9858 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
9859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9861 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9862 Start Gnus unplugged.
9866 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9871 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9872 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9873 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9874 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9878 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9879 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9880 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9884 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9885 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9889 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9896 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9897 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9900 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9901 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9907 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9908 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9911 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9912 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9918 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9919 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15935
9921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9923 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9924 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9927 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9931 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9932 Generate the cache active file.
9934 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9936 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9937 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9943 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9944 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15935 47838))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9947 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9948 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9949 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9953 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9954 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9960 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9961 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
9962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9964 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9966 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9967 Run batched scoring.
9968 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9974 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9975 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15935 47838))
9976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9978 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9983 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9984 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9986 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9993 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9994 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
9995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9997 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9998 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9999 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10000 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10003 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10004 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10005 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10006 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10008 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10009 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10010 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10011 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10012 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10013 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10014 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10015 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10016 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10017 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10019 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10022 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10023 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10025 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10026 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10028 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10030 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10031 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10032 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10034 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10038 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10039 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10040 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10042 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10044 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10045 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10046 existing groups are considered.
10048 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10049 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10052 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10053 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10054 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10055 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10056 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10057 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10058 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10059 clauses will be generated.
10061 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10062 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10063 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10064 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10065 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10066 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10068 For example, given the following group parameters:
10071 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10072 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10074 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10075 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10076 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10077 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10079 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10081 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10083 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10085 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10086 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10089 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10093 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10094 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10097 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10098 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10099 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10101 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10105 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15935
10107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10109 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10110 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10111 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10112 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10114 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10116 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10120 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10121 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
10122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10124 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10125 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10126 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10127 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10130 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10131 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10132 rather than using this function.
10134 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10139 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10142 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10143 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10144 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10145 for matching on group names.
10147 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10148 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10150 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10152 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10159 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
10160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10162 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10163 Update the format specification near point.
10169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10170 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15650 59284))
10171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10173 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10174 Unload all Gnus features.
10175 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10176 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10177 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10181 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10182 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10184 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10188 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10189 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
10190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10192 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10193 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10195 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10199 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16024 13827))
10200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10202 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10203 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10205 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10206 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10207 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10209 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10210 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10211 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10213 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10214 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10216 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10217 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10219 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10221 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10225 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10226 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15935 48476))
10227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10229 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10230 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10231 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10232 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10233 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10235 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10237 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10238 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10239 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10240 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10241 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10245 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10246 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10247 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10249 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10251 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10252 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10258 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
10259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10261 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10262 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10263 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10264 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10265 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10267 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10271 ;;;### (autoloads (bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
10272 ;;;;;; (15944 8064))
10273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
10275 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10276 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10277 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10278 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10280 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10282 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10283 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10284 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10285 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10287 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10289 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10290 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10291 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10292 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10294 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10296 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10297 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10298 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10299 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10301 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10302 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10304 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10306 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10307 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10308 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10309 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10311 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10313 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10314 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10315 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10316 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10318 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10320 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10321 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10322 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10323 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10324 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10326 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10327 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10328 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10329 original source file access method.
10331 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10332 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10334 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10336 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10337 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10338 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10339 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10341 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10342 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10346 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15935
10348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10350 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10351 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10352 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10353 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10355 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10356 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10357 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10358 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10364 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10365 ;;;;;; (15935 48681))
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10368 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10369 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10371 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10373 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10374 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10375 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10376 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10378 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10382 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10383 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10384 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10385 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10392 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10393 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10394 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16055 48781))
10395 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10397 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10398 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10399 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10400 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10401 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10402 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10406 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10407 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10408 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10409 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10410 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10411 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10413 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10414 is used instead of `load-path'.
10416 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10417 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10418 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10420 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10422 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10423 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10425 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10427 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10430 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10432 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10433 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10434 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10438 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10439 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10440 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10441 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10442 it is displayed along with the global value.
10444 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10446 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10447 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10448 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10449 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10451 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10453 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10454 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10455 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10457 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10462 ;;;;;; (15954 4442))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10465 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10466 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10467 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10468 and window listing and describing the options.
10469 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10470 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10472 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10476 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10477 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10478 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16039 41462))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10481 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10482 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10483 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10489 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10494 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10499 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10500 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10502 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10503 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10504 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10505 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10507 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10508 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10509 restore it properly when going back.
10511 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10513 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10514 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10516 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10517 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10518 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10519 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10520 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10522 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10523 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10524 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10525 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10527 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10528 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10531 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10533 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10534 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10535 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10536 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10537 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10538 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10540 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10542 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10543 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10544 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10545 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10546 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10548 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10550 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10551 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10553 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10557 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10558 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15954 4801))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10561 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10562 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10566 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10567 Provide help for current mode.
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10574 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16030 5145))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10577 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10578 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10579 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10580 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10581 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10583 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10584 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10586 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10587 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10588 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10589 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10591 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10592 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10595 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10600 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10601 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10602 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10603 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10604 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10605 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10606 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10607 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10608 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10609 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10610 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10611 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10612 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10613 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10614 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10616 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10617 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10618 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10620 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10623 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10625 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10626 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10627 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10629 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10630 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10631 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10633 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10634 into the buffer at the current point.
10636 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10637 into the buffer at the current point.
10639 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10640 into the buffer at the current point.
10642 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10644 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10645 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10647 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10649 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10653 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10654 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10655 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10657 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10659 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10660 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10661 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10667 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10668 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10669 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15935
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10673 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10674 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10676 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10678 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10679 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10681 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10682 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10683 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10684 which can be called interactively, are:
10686 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10687 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10689 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10690 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10691 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10692 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10694 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10695 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10697 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10698 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10700 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10701 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10702 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10703 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10704 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10705 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10707 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10708 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10710 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10711 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10713 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10714 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10715 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10718 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10722 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10724 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10725 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10727 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10728 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10729 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10730 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10732 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10734 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10736 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10737 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10739 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10740 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10741 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10742 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10744 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10746 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10748 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10749 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10751 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10752 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10756 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10758 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10759 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10761 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10762 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10763 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10764 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10765 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10767 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10769 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10770 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10772 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10773 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10774 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10780 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10781 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15935 48914))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10784 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10785 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10786 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10787 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10788 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10789 how the hiding is done:
10792 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10793 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10796 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10797 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10798 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10799 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10800 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10803 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10804 #endif lines when hiding.
10806 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10807 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10810 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10811 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10812 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10814 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10818 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10819 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10821 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10823 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10824 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10826 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10828 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10829 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10831 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10835 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10836 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 40845))
10837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10839 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10840 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10842 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10844 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10845 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10846 Each element has the form
10847 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10849 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10850 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10852 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10853 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10855 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10856 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10857 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10858 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
10859 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10861 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10862 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10864 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10865 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10867 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10868 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10869 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10871 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10872 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10873 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10874 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10875 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10876 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10878 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10879 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10880 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10882 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10883 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10885 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10888 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10894 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10895 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10896 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10897 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15935 41683))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10900 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10902 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10903 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10904 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10906 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10908 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10909 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10911 Without an argument:
10912 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10913 or passive state as determined by the variable
10914 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10917 With an argument ARG:
10918 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10919 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10920 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10922 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10923 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10924 not displayed in a different face.
10927 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10928 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10929 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10930 buffer with the contents of a file
10931 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10932 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10936 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10937 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10938 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10942 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10943 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10947 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10948 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10952 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10953 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10955 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10956 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10957 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10958 shown in the last face in the list.
10960 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10961 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10962 buffer to be saved):
10964 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10968 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10969 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10971 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10972 and must not be read-only.
10974 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10975 this function is called interactively.
10977 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10978 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10979 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10981 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10982 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10983 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10985 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10987 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10988 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10990 When called interactively:
10991 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10992 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10993 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10994 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10996 When called from a program:
10997 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
10998 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
10999 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11000 - otherwise just turn it on
11002 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11003 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11004 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11005 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11011 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11012 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11013 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11014 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11015 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15930 37749))
11016 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11018 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11019 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11020 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11021 or insert functions in this list.")
11023 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11025 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11026 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11028 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11030 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11031 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11033 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11035 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11036 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11038 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11040 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11041 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11043 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11045 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11046 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11047 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11049 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11051 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11052 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11053 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11056 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11058 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11059 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11060 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11061 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11062 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11064 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11066 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11067 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11068 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11069 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11070 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11072 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11073 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11074 undoes the expansion.
11078 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11079 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11080 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11081 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11083 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11087 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11088 ;;;;;; (16055 54814))
11089 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11091 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11092 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11093 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11094 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
11095 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11099 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11100 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11101 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11103 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11105 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11107 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11108 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
11109 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11110 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
11111 in which `(lambda nil (hl-line-mode 1))' turns it on.
11113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11118 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11121 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11122 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11123 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11125 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11129 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11130 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11132 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11133 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11135 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11137 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11142 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15935 48553))
11143 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11145 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11146 This function is obsolete.
11147 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11148 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11152 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11153 This function is obsolete.
11154 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11155 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11159 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11160 This function is obsolete.
11161 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11162 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11168 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11169 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11170 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11171 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11172 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11173 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11174 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11175 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11176 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11177 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11178 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11179 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11180 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11181 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11182 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11183 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11184 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11185 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11186 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11187 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11188 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11189 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16013 64855))
11190 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11192 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11193 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11194 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11198 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11199 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11201 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11203 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11204 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11206 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11208 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11209 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11211 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11213 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11214 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11218 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11219 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11221 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11223 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11224 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11226 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11227 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11228 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11229 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11230 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11231 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11232 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11233 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11234 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11235 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11236 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11237 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11239 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11242 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11244 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11245 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11249 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11250 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11254 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11255 Remove the first filter group.
11259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11260 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11262 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11265 Remove all filter groups.
11269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11270 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11275 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11276 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11280 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11281 Kill the filter group at point.
11282 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11287 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11292 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11297 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11298 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11299 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11301 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11303 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11304 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11305 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11310 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11311 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11312 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11313 of replacing the current filters.
11317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11318 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11322 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11323 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11327 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11328 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11330 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11331 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11332 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11337 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11341 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11342 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11346 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11347 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11348 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11351 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11354 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11355 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11357 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11359 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11360 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11364 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11365 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11369 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11370 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11371 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11372 of replacing the current filters.
11375 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11376 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11377 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11378 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11379 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11380 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11381 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11382 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11385 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11386 Default sorting modes are:
11387 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11388 Name - the name of the buffer
11389 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11390 Size - the size of the buffer
11394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11395 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11398 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11399 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11400 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11401 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11403 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11404 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11408 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11409 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11410 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11411 for this Ibuffer session.
11413 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11415 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11416 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11417 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11418 for this Ibuffer session.
11420 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11425 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11426 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11428 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11429 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11431 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11433 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11434 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11436 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11437 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11439 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11441 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11442 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11447 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11451 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11452 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11453 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11457 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11458 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11460 The names are separated by a space.
11461 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11463 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11464 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11465 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11466 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11468 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11472 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11473 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11475 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11477 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11478 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11480 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11482 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11483 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11485 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11488 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11493 Mark all modified buffers.
11497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11498 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11503 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11507 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11508 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11512 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11513 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11518 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11522 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11523 Mark all read-only buffers.
11527 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11528 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11532 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11533 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11534 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11537 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11542 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15971
11544 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11546 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11547 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11549 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11550 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11551 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11553 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11554 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11555 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11556 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11557 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11558 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11560 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11561 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11562 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11563 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11564 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11566 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11568 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11569 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11570 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11571 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11572 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11574 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11575 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11576 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11578 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11580 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11581 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11582 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11583 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11584 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11585 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11587 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11588 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11589 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11590 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11591 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11592 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11593 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11594 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11596 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11597 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11598 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11599 buffer's modification flag.
11600 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11601 prompted before performing this operation.
11602 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11603 operation is complete, in the form:
11604 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11605 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11606 confirmation message, in the form:
11607 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11608 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11609 macro for exactly what it does.
11611 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11613 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11614 Define a filter named NAME.
11615 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11616 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11617 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11619 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11620 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11621 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11622 bound to the current value of the filter.
11624 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11629 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16041 59570))
11630 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11632 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11633 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11634 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11635 buffers which are visiting a file.
11637 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11639 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11640 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11641 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11642 buffers which are visiting a file.
11644 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11646 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11647 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11648 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11650 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11651 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11653 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11654 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11655 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11656 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11657 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11658 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11659 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11660 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11661 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11662 locally in this buffer.
11664 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11668 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11669 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15935 41799))
11670 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11672 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11673 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11674 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11678 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11679 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11680 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11686 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15935 48915))
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11689 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11690 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11691 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11692 Tab indents for Icon code.
11693 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11694 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11696 Variables controlling indentation style:
11697 icon-tab-always-indent
11698 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11699 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11701 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11702 inserted in Icon code.
11704 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11705 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11706 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11707 icon-continued-statement-offset
11708 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11709 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11710 icon-continued-brace-offset
11711 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11712 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11714 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11715 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11716 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11717 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11719 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11720 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11727 ;;;;;; (15790 55821))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11730 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11731 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11732 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11733 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11735 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11736 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11739 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11740 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11742 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11743 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11744 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11746 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11748 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11752 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11753 ;;;;;; (15948 48625))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11756 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11757 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11759 The main features of this mode are
11761 1. Indentation and Formatting
11762 --------------------------
11763 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11764 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11766 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11767 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11768 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11769 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11771 Comments are indented as follows:
11773 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11774 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11775 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11777 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11779 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11780 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11781 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11782 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11783 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11784 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11787 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11788 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11789 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11790 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11794 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11795 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11796 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11797 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11798 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11799 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11800 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11801 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11805 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11806 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11807 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11808 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11809 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11813 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11814 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11815 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11816 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11817 mixed or upper case.
11819 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11820 --------------------------------
11821 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11822 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11824 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11825 \\fu FUNCTION template
11826 \\c CASE statement template
11827 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11828 \\f FOR loop template
11829 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11830 \\w WHILE loop template
11831 \\i IF statement template
11832 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11835 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11836 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11838 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11839 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11840 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11842 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11843 -------------------------
11844 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11845 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11847 7. Automatic END completion
11848 ------------------------
11849 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11850 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11854 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11855 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11857 9. Documentation and Customization
11858 -------------------------------
11859 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11860 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11861 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11862 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11863 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11867 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11868 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11869 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11871 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11877 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11878 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11879 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11880 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11881 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11882 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11883 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11884 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15995 47749))
11885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11887 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11888 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11889 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11890 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11892 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11893 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11894 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11897 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11899 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11901 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11902 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11903 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11904 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11905 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11906 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11907 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11908 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11909 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11913 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11914 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11915 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11916 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11917 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11918 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11919 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11921 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11923 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11924 Switch to another buffer.
11925 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11926 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11929 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11930 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11931 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11932 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11933 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11935 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11936 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11938 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11939 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11941 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11942 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11943 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11944 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11945 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11946 in a separate window.
11947 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11948 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11949 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11950 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11951 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11952 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11953 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11954 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11955 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11959 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11960 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11961 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11962 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11966 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11967 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11968 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11969 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11973 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11975 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11976 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11980 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11981 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11982 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11983 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11987 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
11988 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
11989 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11990 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11994 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
11995 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
11999 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12000 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12001 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12002 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12003 visible in another frame.
12005 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12006 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12007 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12008 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12009 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12010 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12012 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12013 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12015 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12016 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12018 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12019 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12020 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12021 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12022 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12023 in a separate window.
12024 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12025 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12026 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12027 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12028 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12029 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12030 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12031 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12032 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12033 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12034 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12035 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12036 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12037 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12038 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12042 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12043 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12044 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12045 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12049 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12050 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12051 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12052 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12056 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12057 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12058 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12059 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12063 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12064 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12065 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12066 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12070 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12071 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12072 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12073 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12077 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12078 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12079 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12080 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12084 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12085 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12086 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12087 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12091 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12092 Write current buffer to a file.
12093 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12094 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12098 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12099 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12100 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12101 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12105 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12106 Call dired the ido way.
12107 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12108 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12112 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12113 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12114 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12116 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12118 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12119 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12120 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12122 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12126 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15935 41827))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12128 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12130 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12131 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12132 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12138 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12139 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12140 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15935 41897))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12143 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12144 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12145 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12148 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12150 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12151 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12152 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12155 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12157 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12158 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12159 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12161 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12163 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12165 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12166 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12167 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12168 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12169 use its file extension as image type.
12170 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12171 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12172 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12173 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12175 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12177 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12178 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12179 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12180 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12181 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12182 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12183 POS may be an integer or marker.
12184 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12185 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12186 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12187 means display it in the right marginal area.
12189 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12191 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12192 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12193 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12194 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12195 defaulted if you omit it.
12196 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12197 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12198 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12199 means display it in the right marginal area.
12201 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12203 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12204 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12205 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12206 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12208 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12210 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12211 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12213 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12215 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12216 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12217 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12218 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12219 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12220 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12221 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12222 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12225 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12227 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12229 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12230 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12232 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12233 documentation string.
12235 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12236 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12237 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12238 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12239 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12240 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12241 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12246 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12247 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12249 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12253 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12254 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12255 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15786 7485))
12256 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12258 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12259 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12260 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12261 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12263 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12264 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12265 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12266 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12268 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12270 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12271 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12272 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12273 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12275 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12276 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12277 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12278 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12280 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12282 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12283 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12287 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12288 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12289 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12290 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12292 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12294 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12295 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12296 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12298 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12300 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12302 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12303 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12304 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12305 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12307 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12308 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12309 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12315 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12316 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16055 53707))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12319 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12320 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12322 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12324 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12325 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12328 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12330 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12331 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12332 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12334 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12336 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12337 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12339 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12340 to create a buffer index.
12342 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12343 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12345 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12346 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12347 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12348 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12349 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12351 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12352 entries are not nested.
12354 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12355 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12356 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12357 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12359 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12360 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12362 The variable is buffer-local.
12364 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12365 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12366 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12368 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12369 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12370 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12373 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12375 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12376 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12378 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12379 of the current buffer as an alist.
12381 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12382 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12383 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12384 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12385 if it is a sub-alist.
12387 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12389 The variable is buffer-local.")
12391 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12393 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12394 Function for finding the next index position.
12396 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12397 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12398 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12401 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12402 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12404 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12406 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12408 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12409 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12411 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12412 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12413 It should return the name for that index item.
12415 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12417 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12419 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12420 Function to compare string with index item.
12422 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12423 non-nil if they match.
12425 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12426 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12427 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12430 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12432 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12434 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12435 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12436 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12438 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12440 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12442 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12444 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12445 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12446 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12447 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12451 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12452 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12454 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12458 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12459 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12460 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12461 for more information.
12463 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12467 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12468 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12469 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16021 23618))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12472 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12473 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12477 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12480 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12482 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12485 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12487 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12492 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12493 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12494 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12495 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12496 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12498 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12500 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12501 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12502 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12503 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12504 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12506 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12510 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12511 ;;;;;; (15650 57540))
12512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12514 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12515 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12516 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12517 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12518 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12520 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12521 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12523 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12524 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12525 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12526 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12527 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12528 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12529 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12530 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12532 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12533 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12534 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12535 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12536 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12538 This variable is only used if the variable
12539 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12541 More precise choices:
12542 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12543 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12546 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12548 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12549 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12551 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12552 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12553 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12555 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12556 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12557 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12561 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12563 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12567 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12568 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
12569 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12570 ;;;;;; (16041 49650))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12573 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12574 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12576 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12577 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12579 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12580 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12581 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12582 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12583 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12584 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12586 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12587 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12589 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12590 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12591 in all the directories in that path.
12593 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12595 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12596 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12600 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12601 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12602 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12603 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12607 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12608 Go to the Info directory node.
12612 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12613 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12614 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12615 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12616 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12619 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12621 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12622 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12624 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12625 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12626 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12627 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12631 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12632 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12633 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12639 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12640 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12641 ;;;;;; (16014 53978))
12642 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12644 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12645 Throw away all cached data.
12646 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12647 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12652 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12653 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12654 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12655 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12656 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12657 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12659 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12661 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12663 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12664 Display the documentation of a file.
12665 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12666 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12667 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12668 The default file name is the one found at point.
12670 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12672 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12674 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12675 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12677 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12679 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12680 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12682 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12686 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12687 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15945 25738))
12688 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12690 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12691 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12693 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12695 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12696 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12697 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12703 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12704 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15935 42088))
12705 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12707 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12708 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12710 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12712 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12713 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12714 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12716 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12717 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12718 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12720 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12721 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12722 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12723 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12727 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12728 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12729 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12733 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12734 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12735 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12736 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12737 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12743 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12744 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12745 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12748 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12749 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12753 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12754 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12758 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12761 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12765 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12766 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
12767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12769 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12770 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12771 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12772 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12773 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12774 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12776 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12777 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12779 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12780 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12781 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12782 \"s gives German sharp s.
12783 /a gives a with ring.
12784 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12785 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12786 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12787 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12789 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12790 and a negative argument disables it.
12792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12796 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12797 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12798 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12799 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15935 48018))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12802 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12803 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12804 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12805 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12807 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12809 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12810 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12811 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12812 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12814 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12816 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12817 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12818 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12819 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12821 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12823 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12824 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12825 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12828 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12830 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12831 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12832 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12833 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12835 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12837 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12838 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12839 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12840 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12842 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12844 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12845 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12846 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12847 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12849 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12851 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12852 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12853 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12854 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12856 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12858 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12859 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12860 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12861 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12863 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12865 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12866 Warn that format is read-only.
12870 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12871 Warn that format is write-only.
12875 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12876 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12883 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12885 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12886 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12887 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12891 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12892 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12893 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12894 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12895 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12896 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15935 49284))
12897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12899 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
12900 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
12902 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12903 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12904 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12905 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12907 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12909 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12910 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12911 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
12913 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12915 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12917 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12919 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12921 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12923 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
12925 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
12927 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12928 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12930 Each element of this list is also a list:
12932 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12933 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12935 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12936 nil means the default dictionary.
12938 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12941 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12943 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12944 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12945 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12946 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12947 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12948 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12949 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12950 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12951 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12953 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12954 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12957 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12960 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12961 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12962 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12963 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12964 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12965 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12966 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12967 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12969 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12971 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
12972 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
12973 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
12975 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12977 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
12978 Key map for ispell menu.")
12980 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
12981 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
12982 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
12983 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
12985 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
12987 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries")) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (unless (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default")))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (dict dicts) (setq name (car dict) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 dict))))) (cond ((not (stringp name))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
12989 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
12991 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
12993 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
12995 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
12996 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
12997 The alist key must be a regular expression.
12998 Valid forms include:
12999 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13000 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13001 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13002 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13004 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13005 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13006 First list is used raw.
13007 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13009 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13010 for skipping in latex mode.")
13012 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
13014 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13015 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13016 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13017 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13019 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13020 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13021 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13022 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13023 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13025 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13026 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13028 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13030 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13031 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13034 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
13035 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13036 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13037 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13038 quit spell session exited.
13040 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13042 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13043 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13044 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13046 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13048 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13049 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13053 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13054 SPC: Accept word this time.
13055 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13056 `a': Accept word for this session.
13057 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13058 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13059 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13060 `?': Show these commands.
13061 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13062 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13063 the aborted check to be completed later.
13064 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13065 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13066 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13067 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13068 `C-l': redraws screen
13069 `C-r': recursive edit
13070 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13074 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13075 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13076 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13078 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13080 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13081 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13082 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13084 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13086 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13088 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13090 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13091 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13092 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13093 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13095 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13097 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13098 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13102 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13103 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13107 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13108 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13112 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13113 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13114 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13115 sequence inside of a word.
13117 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13119 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13121 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13122 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13126 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13127 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13128 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13129 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13131 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13132 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13133 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13134 available on the net.
13138 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13139 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13140 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13142 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13143 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13145 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13146 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13150 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13151 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13152 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13153 Don't check included messages.
13155 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13156 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13157 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13159 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13160 in your .emacs file:
13161 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13162 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13163 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13164 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13166 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13167 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13168 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13174 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13175 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13176 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15935 42109))
13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13179 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13180 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13181 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13182 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13183 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13184 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13186 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13188 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13189 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13190 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13191 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13193 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13197 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13198 Switch to another buffer.
13200 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13201 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13202 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13204 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13208 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13209 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13210 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13211 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13215 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13216 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13217 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13218 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13222 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13223 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13224 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13225 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13229 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13230 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13231 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13233 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13235 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13237 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13238 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13239 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13240 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13241 `iswitchb' for details.
13243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13247 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13248 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13249 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13250 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16005 1612))
13251 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13253 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13258 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13259 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13260 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13261 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13262 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13263 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13264 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13265 necessary to represent OBJ.
13267 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13269 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13270 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13271 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13272 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13274 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13276 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13277 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13280 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13282 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13284 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13285 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13286 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13287 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13289 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13291 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13292 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13293 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13294 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13296 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13298 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13299 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13301 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13303 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13304 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13305 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13306 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13307 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13309 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13311 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13312 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13313 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13314 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13315 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13317 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13319 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13320 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13321 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13323 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13327 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15935
13329 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13331 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13332 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13333 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13334 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13335 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13337 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13342 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15935 42140))
13343 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13345 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13346 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13347 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13349 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13351 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13353 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13354 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13355 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13356 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13360 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13361 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13363 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13367 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13368 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13369 ;;;;;; (15935 47202))
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13372 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13373 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13374 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13375 decimal key must be specified.")
13377 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13379 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13380 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13381 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13382 decimal key must be specified.")
13384 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13386 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13387 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13388 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13389 decimal key must be specified.")
13391 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13393 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13394 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13395 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13396 decimal key must be specified.")
13398 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13400 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13401 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13402 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13403 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13404 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13408 -------------------------------------------------------------
13409 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13410 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13411 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13412 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13413 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13414 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13415 in the global and local keymaps.
13417 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13418 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13420 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13425 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13428 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13429 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13430 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13432 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13433 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13434 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13435 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13438 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13439 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13440 the context of text formatting.
13442 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13446 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15935
13448 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13450 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13451 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13452 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13453 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13454 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13455 positions that contains the current selection.")
13457 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13458 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13459 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13460 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13461 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13462 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13463 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13465 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13469 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13470 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13471 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13472 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16012 48473))
13473 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13474 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13475 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13476 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13477 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13478 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13479 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13480 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13482 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13483 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13484 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13485 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13486 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13487 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13488 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13490 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13491 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13492 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13494 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13495 defining the macro.
13497 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13498 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13499 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13503 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13504 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13505 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13506 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13507 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13510 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13511 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13512 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13516 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13517 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13518 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13520 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13521 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13522 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13523 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13525 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13526 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13528 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13530 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13531 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13532 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13534 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13537 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13538 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13540 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13541 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13542 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13544 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13545 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13549 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13550 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13551 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13552 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13554 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13556 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13557 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13558 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13559 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13561 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13562 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13564 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13566 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13567 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13568 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13570 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13574 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13575 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13578 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13579 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13580 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13582 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13589 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13590 ;;;;;; (15905 54531))
13591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13593 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13595 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13596 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13600 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13602 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13603 Start or resume an Lm game.
13604 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13605 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13607 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13608 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13609 none / 1 | yes | no
13614 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13615 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13616 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13623 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13624 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15935
13626 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13628 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13631 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13633 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13634 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13635 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13636 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13637 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13638 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13640 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13641 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13643 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13645 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13646 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13648 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13650 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13653 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13655 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13656 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13657 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13658 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13661 The return value is number of composed characters.
13663 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13665 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13668 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13672 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13673 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15985 3489))
13674 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13676 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13677 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13678 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13679 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13680 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13681 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13682 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13683 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13685 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13686 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13689 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13691 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13693 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13694 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13695 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13696 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13697 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13698 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13699 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13700 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13702 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13704 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13705 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13706 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13707 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13710 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13712 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13716 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13717 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15935 42241))
13718 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13720 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13721 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13722 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13723 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13725 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13727 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13728 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13731 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13733 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13734 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13735 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13736 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13737 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13740 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13741 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13742 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13743 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13744 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13746 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13747 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13748 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13749 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13750 slow to keep up with your typing.
13752 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13753 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13754 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13755 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13756 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13757 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13759 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13760 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13761 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13762 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13764 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13765 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13766 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13767 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13769 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13770 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13771 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13772 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13773 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13777 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13778 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13784 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13785 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13788 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13789 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13791 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13792 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13794 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13795 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13797 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13798 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13799 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13800 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13801 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13802 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13803 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13804 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13805 and transmit saved text.
13807 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13808 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13812 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13819 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15935 48681))
13820 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13822 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13823 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13824 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13825 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13826 generations (this defaults to 1).
13828 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13832 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15766
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13836 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13837 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13838 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13839 is nil, raise an error.
13841 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13845 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13846 ;;;;;; (15935 42259))
13847 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13849 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13850 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13851 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13853 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13855 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13856 Run the locate command with a filter.
13858 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13859 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13861 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13865 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15937 39430))
13866 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13868 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13869 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13870 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13871 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13872 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13873 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13874 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13875 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13876 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13877 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13878 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13879 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13880 uses the current buffer.
13882 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13886 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15935
13888 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13890 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13891 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
13895 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13896 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15935
13898 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13900 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13902 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13904 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13905 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13906 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13908 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13909 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13911 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13912 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13913 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13914 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13915 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13916 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13917 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13919 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13921 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13922 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13923 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13924 switch on this list.
13925 See `lpr-command'.")
13927 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13929 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13930 *Name of program for printing a file.
13932 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13933 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13934 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13935 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13936 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13937 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13940 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13942 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13943 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13944 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13945 for customization of the printer command.
13949 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13950 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13952 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13953 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13954 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13955 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13957 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13958 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13960 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13961 for further customization of the printer command.
13965 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
13966 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
13967 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13968 for customization of the printer command.
13970 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13972 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
13973 Paginate and print the region contents.
13975 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13976 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13977 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13978 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13980 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13981 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13983 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13984 for further customization of the printer command.
13986 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13990 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
13991 ;;;;;; (16049 517))
13992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
13994 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
13995 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
13996 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
13998 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14002 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15935
14004 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14006 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14007 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14008 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14010 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14016 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15935
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14020 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14021 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14028 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14029 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15935 42395))
14030 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14032 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14033 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14034 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14035 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14036 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14038 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14040 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14041 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14042 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14043 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14045 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14046 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14047 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14048 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14051 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14052 use this command, and then save the file.
14054 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14056 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14057 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14058 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14059 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14060 each time the macro executes.
14061 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14062 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14063 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14064 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14065 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14066 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14067 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14071 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14072 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14073 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14075 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14076 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14077 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14080 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14081 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14083 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14084 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14085 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14086 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14087 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14089 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14092 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14093 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14094 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14096 You could enter the names in this format:
14102 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14105 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14108 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14109 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14111 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14112 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14116 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14117 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15791 51943))
14118 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14120 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14121 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14122 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14123 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14124 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14126 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14127 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14128 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14129 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14130 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14132 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14133 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14134 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14137 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14139 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14140 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14142 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14146 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14147 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14148 ;;;;;; (15935 48280))
14149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14151 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14152 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14156 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14161 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14162 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14164 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14166 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14167 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14168 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14171 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14177 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14178 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14179 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15935
14181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14183 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14184 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14185 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14186 often correct parser.")
14188 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14190 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14193 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14195 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14196 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14197 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14198 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14200 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14202 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14203 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14204 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14205 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14207 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14209 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14210 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14211 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14212 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14214 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14216 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14217 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14218 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14219 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14220 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14221 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14223 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14227 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14228 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15905 54449))
14229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14231 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14232 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14236 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14237 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14238 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14240 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14242 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14243 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14244 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14246 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14250 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14251 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15935
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14255 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14256 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14257 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14259 If `parens', they look like:
14260 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14261 If `angles', they look like:
14262 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14264 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14266 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14267 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14268 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14269 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14270 their `Resent-' variants.
14272 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14273 removed from alias expansions.
14275 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14277 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14278 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14279 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14281 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14282 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14283 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14284 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14286 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14288 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14289 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14290 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14291 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14297 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14298 ;;;;;; (15992 60888))
14299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14301 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14302 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14303 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14305 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14307 In the browser, use the following keys:
14309 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14311 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14313 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14314 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14316 `makefile-target-colon':
14317 The string that gets appended to all target names
14318 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14319 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14321 `makefile-macro-assign':
14322 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14323 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14324 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14325 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14326 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14327 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14329 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14330 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14331 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14333 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14334 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14336 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14337 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14338 up or down in the browser.
14340 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14341 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14343 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14344 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14346 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14347 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14348 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14349 has been selected in the browser.
14351 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14352 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14353 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14354 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14355 filenames are omitted.
14357 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14358 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14359 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14360 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14361 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14362 the backslash itself intact.
14363 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14364 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14366 `makefile-browser-hook':
14367 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14368 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14370 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14371 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14372 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14373 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14379 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14381 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14383 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14384 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14385 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14391 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16028 58385))
14392 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14394 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14396 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14397 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14398 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14399 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14400 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14401 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14402 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14404 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14405 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14406 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14407 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14409 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14411 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14412 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14414 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14418 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15935 42463))
14419 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14421 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14422 Toggle Master mode.
14423 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14424 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14425 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14427 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14428 following commands:
14430 \\{master-mode-map}
14432 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14433 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14434 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14440 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (15968
14442 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14444 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14446 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14447 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14448 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14449 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14450 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14452 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14454 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14455 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14456 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14457 created in the future.
14458 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14459 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14465 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14466 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14467 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14468 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14469 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14470 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14471 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14472 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14473 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14474 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15935 47838))
14475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14477 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14478 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14480 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14482 If `parens', they look like:
14483 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14484 If `angles', they look like:
14485 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14487 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14488 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14490 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14492 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14493 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14495 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14497 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14498 *Local news organization file.")
14500 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14502 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14503 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14504 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14505 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14507 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14508 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14509 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14511 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14513 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14515 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14516 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14518 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14520 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14521 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14523 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14525 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14526 *Function for citing an original message.
14527 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14528 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14529 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14531 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14533 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14534 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14535 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14536 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14537 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14539 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14541 (defvar message-signature t "\
14542 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14543 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14544 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14545 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14547 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14549 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14550 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14551 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14552 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14554 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14556 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14558 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14559 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14560 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14561 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14562 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14563 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14564 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14565 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14566 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14567 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14568 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14569 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14570 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14571 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14572 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14573 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14574 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14575 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14576 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14577 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14578 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14579 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14580 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14581 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14582 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14586 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14587 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14588 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14590 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14592 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14593 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14595 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14597 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14598 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14600 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14602 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14603 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14605 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14607 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14608 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14609 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14611 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14613 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14614 Cancel an article you posted.
14615 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14619 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14620 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14621 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14622 header line with the old Message-ID.
14626 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14627 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14631 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14632 Forward the current message via mail.
14633 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14634 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14636 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14638 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14641 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14643 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14646 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14648 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14649 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14653 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14654 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14656 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14658 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14659 Re-mail the current message.
14660 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14661 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14666 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14667 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14669 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14671 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14672 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14674 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14676 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14677 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14679 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14681 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14682 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14684 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14686 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14687 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14688 Works by overstriking characters.
14689 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14690 which specify the range to operate on.
14692 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14694 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14695 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14696 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14697 which specify the range to operate on.
14699 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14703 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14704 ;;;;;; (15945 27155))
14705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14707 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14708 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14712 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14713 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14717 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14718 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14722 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14723 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14729 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14730 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14731 ;;;;;; (15935 48280))
14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14734 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14735 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14736 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14740 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14741 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14742 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14743 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14744 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14745 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14746 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14748 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14750 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14751 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14752 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14753 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14754 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14756 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14757 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14759 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14761 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14762 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14763 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14764 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14765 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14767 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14768 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14770 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14774 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14775 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16040
14777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14779 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14780 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14781 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14782 to the MH mail system.
14784 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14788 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14789 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14790 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14791 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14792 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14793 that want to create a mail buffer.
14794 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14795 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14796 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14798 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14800 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14801 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14802 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14804 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14805 initial Subject field, respectively.
14807 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14808 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14809 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14811 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14813 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14815 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14816 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14817 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14818 to the MH mail system.
14820 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14824 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14825 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14827 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14828 using the MH mail handling system.
14830 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14831 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14832 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14833 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14834 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14835 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14836 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14838 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14839 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14841 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14842 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14844 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}" t nil)
14845 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14849 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14850 ;;;;;; (16042 6118))
14851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14853 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14854 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14855 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14856 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14860 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14861 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14862 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14863 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14867 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14868 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16040 52480))
14875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14877 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14879 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14881 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14883 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14887 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14888 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
14889 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14891 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14892 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14893 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14894 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14895 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14896 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14897 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14898 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14899 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14900 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14901 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14905 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14906 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14907 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14908 to its second argument TM.
14910 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14914 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14915 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15935 43116))
14916 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14918 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14919 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14920 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14921 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14922 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14924 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14926 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14927 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14928 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14929 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14930 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14931 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14932 default indication.
14934 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14935 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14941 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region)
14942 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (15962 53815))
14943 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
14945 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
14948 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14950 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
14951 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
14952 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
14955 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
14959 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
14960 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
14961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
14963 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
14964 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
14965 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
14966 the entire message.
14967 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
14969 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
14973 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
14974 ;;;;;; (15948 48664))
14975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
14977 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
14978 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
14982 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
14983 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
14989 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
14990 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
14991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
14993 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
14994 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
14995 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
14996 followed by the first character of the construct.
14998 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
14999 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15000 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15001 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15002 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15003 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15004 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15005 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15006 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15007 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15008 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15009 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15010 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15013 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15014 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15015 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15021 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15022 ;;;;;; (15837 12655))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15025 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15026 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15028 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15030 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15031 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15033 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15037 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15954
15039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15041 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15042 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15043 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15045 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15047 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15049 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15050 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15051 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15052 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15054 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15056 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15058 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15060 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15061 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15062 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15063 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15064 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15065 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15067 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15068 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15069 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15070 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15071 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15073 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15074 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15076 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15077 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15079 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15081 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15082 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15083 primary selection and region.
15085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15089 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15571 60771))
15090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15092 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15093 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15099 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15935 43170))
15100 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15102 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15103 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15104 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15106 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15108 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15110 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15112 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15113 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15114 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15120 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15121 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15122 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15123 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15124 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15125 ;;;;;; (16019 26894))
15126 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15128 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15129 Display a list of all character sets.
15131 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15132 internal Emacs use.
15134 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15135 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15136 hexadecimal digits.
15137 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15138 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15140 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15141 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15142 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15143 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15145 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15146 but still shows the full information.
15150 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15151 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15152 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15153 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15154 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15156 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15157 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15158 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15159 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15160 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15162 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15164 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15165 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15166 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15167 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15168 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15170 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15172 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15173 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15175 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15177 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15178 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15180 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15182 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15183 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15185 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15186 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15188 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15189 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15190 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15191 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15192 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15193 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15194 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15195 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15196 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15197 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15198 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15199 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15200 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15201 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15202 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15203 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15207 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15208 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15212 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15213 Display a list of all coding systems.
15214 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15216 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15217 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15221 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15222 Display a list of all coding categories.
15226 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15227 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15229 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15231 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15232 Display information about FONTSET.
15233 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15235 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15237 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15238 Display a list of all fontsets.
15239 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15240 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15241 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15245 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15246 Display information about all input methods.
15250 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15251 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15253 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15254 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15255 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15256 system which uses fontsets).
15262 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15263 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15264 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15265 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15266 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15267 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15815 41144))
15268 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15270 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15271 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15272 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15274 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15276 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15278 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15279 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15281 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15282 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15284 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15285 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15287 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15289 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15290 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15291 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15292 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15293 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15294 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15295 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15297 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15298 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15299 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15300 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15301 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15302 middle of a character in STR.
15304 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15305 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15307 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15308 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15309 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15310 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15311 defaults to \"...\".
15313 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15315 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15317 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15319 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15320 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15322 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15323 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15324 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15326 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15327 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15328 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15330 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15331 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15332 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15334 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15335 longer than KEYSEQ.
15336 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15338 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15340 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15341 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15342 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15343 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15344 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15345 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15346 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15347 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15348 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15349 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15350 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15352 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15354 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15355 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15357 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15359 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15360 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15362 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15364 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15365 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15367 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15369 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15370 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15372 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15374 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15375 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15376 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15377 or one is an alias of the other.
15379 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15381 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15382 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15383 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15384 coding systems ordered by priority.
15386 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15388 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15389 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15390 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15391 language environment LANG-ENV.
15393 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15397 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15398 ;;;;;; (15937 39489))
15399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15401 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15402 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15403 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15405 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15407 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15409 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15410 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15411 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15412 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15416 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15417 Enable mouse wheel support.
15419 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15423 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15424 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15425 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15426 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (15997 47200))
15427 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15429 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15430 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15432 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15434 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15436 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15437 `ping-program-options'.
15441 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15442 Run ipconfig program.
15446 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15448 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15449 Run netstat program.
15453 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15454 Run the arp program.
15458 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15459 Run the route program.
15463 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15464 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15468 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15469 Run nslookup program.
15473 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15474 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15478 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15483 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15488 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15489 Finger USER on HOST.
15491 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15493 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15494 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15495 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15496 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15498 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15500 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15505 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15506 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15508 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15510 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15511 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15513 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15518 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15519 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15520 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15521 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16055 52476))
15522 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15524 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15526 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15528 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15530 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15532 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15533 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15534 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15535 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15536 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15537 Major modes should set this variable.")
15539 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15540 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15541 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15542 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15543 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15544 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15546 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15548 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15549 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15551 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15552 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15553 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15554 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15556 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15557 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15559 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15560 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15561 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15563 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15564 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15565 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15566 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15567 column indentation or nil.
15568 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15570 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15571 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15572 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15574 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15576 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15577 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15578 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15579 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15581 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15582 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15584 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15586 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15587 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15588 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15590 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15592 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15593 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15594 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15595 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15596 the variables are properly set.
15598 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15600 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15601 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15605 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15606 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15607 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15609 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15611 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15612 Set the comment column based on point.
15613 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15614 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15615 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15616 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15620 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15621 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15622 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15626 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15627 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15628 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15631 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15633 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15634 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15635 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15636 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15637 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15638 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15639 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15640 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15642 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15643 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15645 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15647 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15648 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15649 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15650 is passed on to the respective function.
15652 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15654 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15655 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15656 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15657 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15658 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15659 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15660 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15661 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15665 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15666 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15667 This indents the body of the continued comment
15668 under the previous comment line.
15670 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15671 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15672 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15674 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15675 or comment indentation.
15677 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15678 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15680 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15684 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15935
15686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15688 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15689 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15690 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15691 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15692 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15693 symbol in the alist.
15695 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15699 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15700 ;;;;;; (15967 26059))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15703 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15704 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15705 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15711 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15712 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15715 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15716 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15717 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15723 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15724 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15727 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15728 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15734 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15735 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15935 47838))
15736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15738 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15739 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15743 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15744 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15748 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15749 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15755 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15756 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
15757 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15759 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15760 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15761 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15763 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15766 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15768 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15769 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15770 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15771 to future sessions.
15773 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15775 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15776 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15777 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15778 to future sessions.
15780 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15784 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15785 ;;;;;; (15893 60640))
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15788 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15789 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15791 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15792 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15793 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
15797 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15798 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15801 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15802 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15803 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15804 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15805 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15811 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15812 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15815 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15816 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15817 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15819 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15821 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15822 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15824 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15825 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15826 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15830 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15834 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15835 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15838 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15839 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15841 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15842 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15843 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15844 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15846 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15847 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15848 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15849 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15850 is why you need this mode!).
15852 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15853 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15854 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15856 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15861 \\{octave-mode-map}
15863 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15864 ==============================================
15867 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15870 octave-auto-newline
15871 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15874 octave-blink-matching-block
15875 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15876 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15878 octave-block-offset
15879 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15882 octave-continuation-offset
15883 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15886 octave-continuation-string
15887 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15888 Default is a backslash.
15890 octave-mode-startup-message
15891 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15894 octave-send-echo-input
15895 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15896 command to the inferior Octave process.
15898 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15899 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15900 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15902 octave-send-echo-input
15903 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15905 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15907 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15908 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15910 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15911 (setq auto-mode-alist
15912 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15914 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15915 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15917 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15921 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15922 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15924 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15925 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15926 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15927 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
15934 ;;;;;; (15935 43251))
15935 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
15937 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15938 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15939 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15943 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
15944 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
15945 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
15946 in which there are commands to set the option values.
15947 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
15949 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
15955 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
15956 ;;;;;; (15986 19737))
15957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
15959 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
15960 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
15961 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
15962 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
15964 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
15965 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
15966 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
15967 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
15969 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
15970 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
15971 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
15972 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
15973 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
15974 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
15976 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
15977 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
15978 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
15980 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
15981 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
15982 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
15983 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
15984 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
15985 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
15986 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
15987 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
15988 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
15989 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
15990 The subheadings remain visible.
15991 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
15993 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
15994 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
15995 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
15997 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
15998 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
16000 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16001 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16002 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16003 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16009 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15935 43375))
16010 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16012 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16013 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16014 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16015 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16016 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16018 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16020 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16021 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16022 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16023 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16025 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16026 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16032 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15935
16034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16036 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16037 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16038 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16040 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16041 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16043 Other useful functions are:
16045 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16046 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16047 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16048 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16049 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16050 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16051 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16052 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16053 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16055 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16057 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16058 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16059 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16060 Indentation for case statements.
16061 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16062 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16064 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16065 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16066 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16067 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16068 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16069 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16070 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16071 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16072 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16073 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16075 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16076 pascal-separator-keywords.
16078 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16079 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16085 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16086 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
16087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16089 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16090 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16091 The keys affected are:
16092 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16093 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16094 M-Backspace does undo.
16095 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16096 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16097 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16103 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16104 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15935 47202))
16105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16107 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16108 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16109 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16110 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16111 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16113 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16115 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16116 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16118 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16120 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16121 which modify the status of the mark.
16123 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16124 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16126 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16127 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16129 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16130 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16131 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16132 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16133 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16135 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16136 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16138 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16139 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16140 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16142 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16143 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16144 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16146 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16147 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16149 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16150 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16151 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16153 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16154 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16155 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16161 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16162 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16167 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16168 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16169 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16170 and cursor movement commands.
16171 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16172 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16174 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16178 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15644
16180 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16182 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16183 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16189 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16190 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
16191 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16193 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16194 Completion for `gzip'.
16198 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16199 Completion for `bzip2'.
16203 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16204 Completion for GNU `make'.
16208 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16209 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16213 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16217 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16218 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
16219 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16221 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16222 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16226 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16227 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16231 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16232 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16238 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
16240 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16242 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16243 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16244 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16245 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16246 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16247 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16254 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16255 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
16256 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16258 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16259 Completion for `cd'.
16263 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16265 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16266 Completion for `rmdir'.
16270 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16271 Completion for `rm'.
16275 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16276 Completion for `xargs'.
16280 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16282 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16283 Completion for `which'.
16287 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16288 Completion for the `chown' command.
16292 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16293 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16299 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16300 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16301 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15930
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16305 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16306 Support extensible programmable completion.
16307 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16308 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16312 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16313 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16317 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16318 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16319 This will modify the current buffer.
16323 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16324 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16328 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16329 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16330 This will modify the current buffer.
16334 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16335 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16339 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16340 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16344 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16345 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16346 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16347 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16348 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16350 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16352 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16353 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16359 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16360 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16361 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16048 28273))
16362 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16364 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16365 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16366 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16367 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16369 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16371 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16373 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16374 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16375 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16376 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16377 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16378 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16381 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16383 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16384 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16385 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16386 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16387 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16388 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16389 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16390 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16392 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16394 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16395 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16396 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16397 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16398 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16399 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16400 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16403 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16405 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16406 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16407 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16408 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16409 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16410 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16411 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16413 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16415 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16417 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16418 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16419 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16421 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16423 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16424 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16425 nil means never do it.
16426 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16427 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16428 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16430 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16432 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16433 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16434 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15937 39529))
16439 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16441 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
16445 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16446 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
16447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16449 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16450 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16451 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16452 Tab indents for Perl code.
16453 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16454 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16455 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16457 Variables controlling indentation style:
16458 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16459 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16460 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16461 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16462 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16463 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16464 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16466 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16467 `perl-indent-level'
16468 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16469 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16470 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16471 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16472 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16473 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16474 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16475 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16476 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16477 `perl-brace-offset'
16478 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16479 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16480 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16481 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16482 `perl-label-offset'
16483 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16484 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16485 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16487 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16488 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16489 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16490 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16491 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16492 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16493 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16495 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16501 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16502 ;;;;;; (15905 54616))
16503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16505 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16506 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16507 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16508 afterwards settable by these commands:
16509 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16510 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16511 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16512 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16513 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16514 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16515 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16516 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16517 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16518 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16519 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16520 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16521 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16522 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16523 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16524 with these commands:
16525 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16526 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16527 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16528 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16529 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16530 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16531 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16532 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16533 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16534 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16535 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16536 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16537 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16538 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16539 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16540 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16541 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16542 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16543 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16544 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16545 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16546 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16547 text is saved in the kill ring.
16548 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16549 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16550 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16551 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16552 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16553 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16554 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16555 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16556 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16557 commands if invoked soon enough.
16558 You can return to the previous mode with:
16559 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16560 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16562 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16564 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16565 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16569 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16573 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16574 ;;;;;; (15808 14185))
16575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16577 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16578 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16579 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16581 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16585 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15935 48681))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16588 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16589 Play pong and waste time.
16590 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16591 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16593 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16601 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16602 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15935 47054))
16603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16605 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16606 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16607 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16608 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16610 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16612 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16613 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16614 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16615 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16616 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16618 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16620 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16621 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16622 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16623 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16624 in the variable `values'.
16626 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16628 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16629 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16630 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16631 Ignores leading comment characters.
16637 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16638 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16639 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16640 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16641 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16642 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16643 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16644 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16645 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16646 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16647 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16648 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16649 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16650 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16651 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16652 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16653 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16654 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16655 ;;;;;; (15971 46342))
16656 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16658 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16659 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16661 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16663 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16665 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16667 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16668 Preview directory using ghostview.
16670 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16671 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16672 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16673 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16675 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16676 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16677 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16678 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16679 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16682 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16684 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16686 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16687 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16689 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16690 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16691 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16692 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16694 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16695 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16696 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16697 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16698 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16701 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16703 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16705 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16706 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16708 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16709 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16710 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16711 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16713 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16714 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16715 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16716 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16717 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16720 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16722 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16724 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16725 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16727 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16729 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16730 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16731 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16732 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16734 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16735 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16736 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16737 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16738 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16741 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16743 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16745 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16746 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16748 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16749 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16750 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16752 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16753 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16754 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16755 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16757 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16759 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16760 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16762 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16763 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16764 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16766 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16767 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16768 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16769 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16771 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16773 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16774 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16776 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16777 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16778 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16780 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16781 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16782 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16783 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16785 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16787 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16788 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16790 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16792 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16793 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16794 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16796 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16797 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16798 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16799 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16801 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16803 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16804 Preview region using ghostview.
16806 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16808 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16810 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16811 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16813 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16815 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16817 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16818 Print region using PostScript printer.
16820 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16822 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16824 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16825 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16827 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16829 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16831 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16832 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16834 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16836 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16838 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16839 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16841 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16843 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16845 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16846 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16848 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16850 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16852 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16853 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16855 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16857 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16859 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16860 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16861 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16862 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16864 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16867 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16868 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16870 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16872 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16874 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
16875 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
16876 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16877 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16881 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
16882 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
16883 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16884 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16888 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
16889 Print directory using text printer.
16891 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16894 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16895 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16897 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16899 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16901 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
16902 Print buffer using text printer.
16906 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
16907 Print region using text printer.
16911 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
16912 Print major mode using text printer.
16916 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
16917 Preview spooled PostScript.
16919 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16920 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16921 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16923 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16924 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16925 PostScript image in a file with that name.
16927 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16929 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16930 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
16932 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16933 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16934 instead of sending it to the printer.
16936 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16937 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16938 image in a file with that name.
16940 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16942 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
16943 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
16945 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16946 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16947 instead of sending it to the printer.
16949 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16950 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16951 image in a file with that name.
16953 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16955 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
16956 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
16958 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16959 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16960 instead of sending it to the printer.
16962 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16963 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16964 image in a file with that name.
16966 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16968 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
16969 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
16971 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16973 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
16974 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
16976 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
16978 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16979 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
16981 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16983 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
16984 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
16986 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16988 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
16989 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
16991 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16993 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
16994 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
16996 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
16997 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16998 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
16999 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17001 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17002 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17003 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17004 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17005 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17006 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17009 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17011 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17012 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17016 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17017 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17019 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17021 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17026 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17027 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17031 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17032 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17036 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17037 Toggle printing with faces.
17041 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17046 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17051 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17054 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17056 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17061 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17066 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17067 Toggle upside-down.
17071 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17072 Toggle line number.
17076 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17077 Toggle zebra stripes.
17081 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17082 Toggle printing header.
17086 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17087 Toggle printing header frame.
17091 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17096 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17097 Toggle auto region.
17101 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17106 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17107 Customization of `printing' group.
17109 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17111 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17112 Customization of `lpr' group.
17114 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17116 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17117 Help for printing package.
17119 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17121 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17122 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17126 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17127 Select interactively a text printer.
17131 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17132 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17136 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17137 Show current ps-print settings.
17139 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17141 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17142 Show current printing settings.
17144 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17146 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17147 Show current lpr settings.
17149 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17151 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17152 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17154 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17155 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17156 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17157 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17160 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17162 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17163 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17164 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17166 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17167 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17168 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17169 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17170 current active printer.
17172 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17173 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17174 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17177 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17178 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17179 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17180 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17181 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17184 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17185 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17187 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17189 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17190 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17191 be done using the new current active printer.
17193 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17194 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17197 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17198 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17199 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17200 instead of sending it to the printer.
17202 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17203 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17206 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17209 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17212 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17214 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17215 Fast fire function for text printing.
17217 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17218 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17219 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17220 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17222 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17223 user for a new active text printer.
17225 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17227 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17229 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17230 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17233 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17235 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17238 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17242 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17243 ;;;;;; (15608 6934))
17244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17246 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17247 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17248 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17250 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17251 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17252 if that value is non-nil.
17256 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17257 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15935 43727))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17266 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17267 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17268 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
17273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17274 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
17278 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17279 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17280 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17281 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15631 17763))
17282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17284 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17285 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17289 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17290 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17291 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17292 changed by setting the variable
17293 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17294 The initial value of this variable is
17295 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17298 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17299 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17300 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17301 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17302 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17303 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17306 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17307 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17308 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17309 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17310 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17311 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17312 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17313 use this value, be sure to have installed
17314 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17315 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17316 documentation of this variable).
17318 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17319 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17320 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17321 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17322 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17323 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17325 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17327 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17329 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17330 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17331 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17333 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17335 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17340 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17341 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17343 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17345 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17349 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17351 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17354 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17356 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17357 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17359 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17362 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17366 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17368 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17371 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17373 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17374 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17378 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17379 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17380 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17382 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17384 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17385 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17389 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17390 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17391 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17393 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17395 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17403 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17404 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17405 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17406 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17407 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (15974
17409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17411 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17412 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17413 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17415 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17417 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17418 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17419 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17420 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17422 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17424 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17425 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17429 nil Do not print colors.
17433 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17434 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17436 Any other value is treated as t.")
17438 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17440 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17441 Customization of ps-print group.
17445 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17446 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17448 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17449 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17450 sending it to the printer.
17452 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17453 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17454 image in a file with that name.
17456 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17458 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17459 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17460 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17461 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17462 so it has a way to determine color values.
17464 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17466 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17467 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17468 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17470 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17472 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17473 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17474 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17475 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17476 so it has a way to determine color values.
17478 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17480 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17481 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17482 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17483 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17485 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17489 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17490 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17491 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17492 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17493 so it has a way to determine color values.
17495 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17499 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17500 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17501 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17503 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17507 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17508 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17509 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17510 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17511 so it has a way to determine color values.
17513 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17517 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17518 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17520 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17521 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17522 instead of sending it to the printer.
17524 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17525 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17526 image in a file with that name.
17528 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17530 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17531 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17532 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17533 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17534 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17538 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17539 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17540 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17542 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17544 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17545 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17546 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17548 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17550 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17551 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17555 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17556 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17558 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17559 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17561 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17562 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17564 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17566 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17568 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17570 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17571 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17573 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17574 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17576 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17577 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17579 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17581 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17583 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17585 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17586 foreground and background colors respectively.
17588 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17589 bold - use bold font.
17590 italic - use italic font.
17591 underline - put a line under text.
17592 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17593 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17594 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17595 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17596 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17598 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17600 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17604 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17605 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17606 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17607 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17608 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16022 15688))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17611 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17612 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17616 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17617 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17618 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17620 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17621 `quail-activate', which see.
17623 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17625 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17626 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17627 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17628 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17629 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17630 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17631 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17633 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17634 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17635 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17636 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17637 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17639 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17641 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17642 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17643 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17644 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17645 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17646 list of candidates.
17648 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17649 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17650 command to be called.
17652 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17653 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17654 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17655 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17657 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17658 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17659 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17660 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17661 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17664 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17665 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17666 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17667 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17669 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17670 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17671 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17672 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17674 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17675 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17676 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17677 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17678 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17679 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17681 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17682 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17683 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17684 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17685 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17686 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17688 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17689 covers Quail translation region.
17691 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17692 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17693 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17694 for it) is inserted.
17696 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17697 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17698 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17700 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17701 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17702 non-Quail commands.
17704 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17706 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17707 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17709 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17710 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17711 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17712 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17713 you type is correctly handled.
17715 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17717 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17718 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17720 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17723 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17725 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17726 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17727 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17728 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17729 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17730 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17731 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17732 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17733 for the translation.
17734 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17736 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17737 it is used to handle KEY.
17739 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17740 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17741 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17742 the following annotation types are supported.
17744 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17745 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17747 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17750 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17751 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17752 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17755 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17756 generated for the following translations.
17758 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17760 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17761 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17763 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17764 which to install MAP.
17766 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17768 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17770 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17771 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17773 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17774 which to install MAP.
17776 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17778 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17780 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17781 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17782 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17783 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17784 a function, or a cons.
17785 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17786 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17787 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17788 for the translation.
17789 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17790 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17791 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17792 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17793 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17795 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17796 it is used to handle KEY.
17798 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17799 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17800 current Quail package.
17802 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17803 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17805 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17807 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17808 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17810 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17811 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17813 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17815 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17816 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17818 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17820 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17821 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17822 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17823 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17824 of the Emacs source tree.
17826 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17827 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17829 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17830 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17833 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17837 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17838 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17839 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15935
17841 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17843 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17844 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17845 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17846 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17848 To make use of this do something like:
17850 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17852 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17854 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17855 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17857 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17858 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17859 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17861 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17863 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17864 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17866 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17868 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17869 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17871 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
17874 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
17876 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
17877 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
17879 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
17880 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17881 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17883 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17885 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
17886 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
17888 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17890 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
17891 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
17895 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
17896 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
17898 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
17900 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
17904 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
17905 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15935
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
17915 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
17916 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
17919 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
17923 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
17924 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
17925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
17927 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
17928 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
17934 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16050 24794))
17935 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
17937 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
17938 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
17939 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17941 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
17943 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
17945 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
17946 Toggle recentf mode.
17947 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17948 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17950 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
17951 that were operated on recently.
17953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17957 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
17958 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
17959 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
17960 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15935
17962 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
17964 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
17965 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
17966 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
17967 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
17969 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
17971 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
17973 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
17974 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
17975 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
17976 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
17979 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17980 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
17983 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17985 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17986 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17987 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17989 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17990 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17993 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
17995 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17996 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17997 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17999 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18001 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18002 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18004 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18005 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18007 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18010 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18012 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18013 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18017 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18018 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18019 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18020 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18021 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18022 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18023 and point is at the lower right corner.
18025 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18027 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18028 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18030 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18031 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18033 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18034 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18035 on the right side of the rectangle.
18037 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18039 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18041 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18042 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18043 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18044 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18045 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18047 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18048 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18050 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18052 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18053 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18054 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18056 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18058 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18060 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18062 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18063 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18065 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18066 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18067 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18069 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18071 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18072 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18073 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18075 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18076 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18077 rectangle which were empty.
18079 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16013
18085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18087 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18088 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18089 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18091 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18092 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18093 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18099 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
18100 ;;;;;; (15927 49403))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18103 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18104 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18108 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18109 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18111 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18112 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18114 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18115 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18116 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18119 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18120 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18121 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18123 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18124 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18125 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18127 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18128 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18130 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18131 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18133 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18134 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18137 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18143 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18144 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18147 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18148 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18149 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18150 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18151 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18152 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18154 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18156 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18158 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18159 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18160 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18161 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18163 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18164 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18165 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18166 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18168 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18173 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18176 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18177 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18178 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18180 To insert new phrases, use
18181 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18182 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18184 To index phrases use one of:
18186 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18187 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18188 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18189 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18190 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18192 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18193 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18195 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18197 Here are all local bindings.
18199 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18205 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18206 ;;;;;; (16043 5451))
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18209 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18210 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18211 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18212 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18213 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18214 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18216 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18217 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18219 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18222 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18224 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18225 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18226 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18229 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15935 43856))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18236 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18237 Repeat most recently executed command.
18238 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18239 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18240 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18242 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18243 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18244 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18246 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18250 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18251 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
18252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18254 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18255 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18257 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18258 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18259 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18260 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18261 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18262 and point is left after the salutation.
18264 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18265 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18266 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18267 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18268 left after that text.
18270 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18273 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18274 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18275 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18276 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18278 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18283 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18286 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18287 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18288 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18289 visibility of comments that precede it.
18290 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18291 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18292 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18293 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18294 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18295 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18296 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18297 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18299 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18300 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18301 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18302 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18303 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18306 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18310 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15935
18312 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18314 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18315 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18321 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18322 ;;;;;; (16029 32482))
18323 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18325 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18326 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18327 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18329 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18330 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18331 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18335 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18336 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18337 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18339 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18341 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18343 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18344 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18345 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18347 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18348 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18349 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18355 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18356 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18357 ;;;;;; (15724 26374))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18360 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18361 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18362 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18363 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18364 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18366 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18368 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18369 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18370 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18371 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18372 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18374 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18376 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18377 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18378 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18380 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18382 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18384 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18385 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18386 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18387 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18388 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18389 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18390 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18392 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18393 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18399 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18400 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18403 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18404 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18408 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18409 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18411 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15504 36563))
18416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18417 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18419 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18420 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18421 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18422 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18424 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18426 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18427 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18428 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18429 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18431 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18432 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18434 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18435 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18437 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18438 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18441 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18442 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18443 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18444 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18445 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18447 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18448 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18449 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18450 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18452 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18453 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18456 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18461 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18462 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18463 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18464 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18465 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18466 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15957 17297))
18467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18469 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18470 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18471 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18472 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18474 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18476 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18477 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18478 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18479 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18480 value is the user's email address and name.)
18481 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18483 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18484 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18485 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18486 which normally happens once for each message,
18487 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18488 To make a change in this variable take effect
18489 for a message that you have already viewed,
18490 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18492 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18494 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18495 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18496 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18497 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18499 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18501 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18502 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18504 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18506 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18507 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18508 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18509 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18511 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18513 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18514 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18516 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18518 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18519 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18521 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18523 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18524 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18525 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18526 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18527 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18529 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18531 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18532 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18534 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18536 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18537 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18539 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18541 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18542 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18544 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18546 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18547 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18549 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18551 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18552 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18554 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18555 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18557 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18558 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18560 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18562 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18563 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18565 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18566 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18567 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18568 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18570 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18571 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18573 This is set to nil by default.")
18575 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18576 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18577 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18578 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18579 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18581 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18583 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18584 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18585 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18586 It is called with no argument.")
18588 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18589 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18590 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18591 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18592 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18593 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18594 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18596 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18597 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18598 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18599 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18600 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18601 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18603 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18604 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18605 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18606 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18607 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18609 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18610 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18611 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18612 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18613 MSG is the message number,
18614 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18615 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18617 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18618 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18619 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18620 this feature is required with `require'.")
18622 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18623 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18624 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18625 the message is decoded as normal way.
18627 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18628 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18629 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18631 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18632 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18633 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18635 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18636 Read and edit incoming mail.
18637 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18638 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18639 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18641 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18642 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18643 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18644 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18646 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18648 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18650 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18651 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18652 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18653 Instead, these commands are available:
18655 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18656 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18657 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18658 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18659 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18660 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18661 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18662 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18663 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18664 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18665 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18666 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18667 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18668 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18669 till a deleted message is found.
18670 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18671 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18672 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18673 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18674 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18675 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18676 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18677 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18678 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18679 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18680 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18681 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18682 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18683 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18684 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18685 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18686 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18687 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18688 (label defaults to last one specified).
18689 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18690 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18691 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18692 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18693 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18694 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18695 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18696 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18697 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18701 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18702 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18704 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18706 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18707 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18709 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18713 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18714 ;;;;;; (15828 34013))
18715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18717 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18718 Edit the contents of this message.
18724 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18725 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18726 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
18727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18729 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18730 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18731 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18733 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18735 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18736 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18737 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18739 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18741 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18744 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18746 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18747 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18748 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18749 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18750 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18752 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18754 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18755 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18756 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18757 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18758 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18760 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18764 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18765 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
18766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18768 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18769 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18770 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18771 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18773 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18777 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18778 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18779 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15935 40173))
18780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18782 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18783 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18784 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18785 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18786 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18787 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18788 a file name as a string.")
18790 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18792 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18793 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18794 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18795 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18796 buffer visiting that file.
18797 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18798 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18800 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18801 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18803 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18804 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18806 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18807 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18809 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18811 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18812 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18814 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18816 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18817 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18818 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18819 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18820 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18822 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18823 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18824 will be appended with their original headers.
18826 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18827 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18829 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18830 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18832 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18834 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18836 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18837 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18838 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18840 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18844 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18845 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18846 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15935
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18850 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18851 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18852 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18854 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18856 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
18857 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
18858 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18860 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18862 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
18863 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
18864 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18866 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18868 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
18869 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
18870 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18872 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18874 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
18875 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
18876 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18878 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18880 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
18881 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
18882 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18884 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18886 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
18887 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
18888 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18889 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
18891 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
18895 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
18896 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
18897 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
18898 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
18899 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16019 30707))
18900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
18902 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
18903 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
18905 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
18907 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
18908 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
18910 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
18912 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
18913 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
18917 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
18918 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
18919 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
18921 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
18923 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
18924 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
18925 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
18926 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18927 only look in the To and From fields.
18928 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18930 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
18932 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
18933 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
18934 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
18935 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
18936 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
18938 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
18940 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
18941 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
18942 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
18943 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18944 look in the whole message.
18945 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18947 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
18949 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
18950 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
18951 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
18953 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
18955 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
18956 *Function to decode summary-line.
18958 By default, `identity' is set.")
18960 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
18962 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
18963 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
18964 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
18965 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
18966 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
18967 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
18968 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
18970 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
18971 sent by you under different user names.
18972 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
18974 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
18976 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
18980 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
18981 ;;;;;; (15935 48553))
18982 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
18984 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
18985 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
18986 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
18987 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
18989 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
18993 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
18994 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15935 43923))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
18997 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
18998 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19000 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19002 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19003 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19005 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19007 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19008 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19012 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19013 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19014 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19016 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19017 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19020 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19024 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19025 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19031 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19032 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19033 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19034 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19035 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
19036 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19038 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19039 *This variable is obsolete.")
19041 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19043 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19044 *This variable is obsolete.")
19046 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19048 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19049 *This variable is obsolete.")
19051 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19053 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19054 *This variable is obsolete.")
19056 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19058 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19059 *This variable is obsolete.")
19061 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19063 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19064 *This variable is obsolete.")
19066 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19068 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19069 This function is obsolete.
19071 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19075 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15947
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19079 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19080 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19086 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15935
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19090 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19091 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19092 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19093 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19095 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19097 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19098 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19099 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19101 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19105 matches string STRING literally.
19108 matches character CHAR literally.
19111 matches any character except a newline.
19114 matches any character
19117 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19118 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19124 matches any character not in SET
19127 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19128 in the text being matched
19131 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19134 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19135 string being matched against.
19138 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19139 string being matched against.
19142 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19143 buffer being matched against.
19146 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19147 buffer being matched against.
19150 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19153 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19157 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19160 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19163 `(not word-boundary)'
19164 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19168 matches 0 through 9.
19171 matches ASCII control characters.
19174 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19177 matches space and tab only.
19180 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19184 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19188 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19189 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19192 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19193 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19196 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19199 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19202 matches anything lower-case.
19205 matches anything upper-case.
19208 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19209 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19212 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19215 matches anything that has word syntax.
19218 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19219 of the following symbols.
19221 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19222 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19225 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19226 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19227 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19228 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19229 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19231 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19232 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19233 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19235 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19236 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19238 `(category CATEGORY)'
19239 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19240 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19242 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19243 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19244 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19245 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19249 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19250 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19251 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19252 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19253 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19254 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19255 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19256 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19257 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19258 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19259 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19260 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19261 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19270 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19274 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19276 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19281 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19282 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19284 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19285 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19287 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19288 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19289 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19291 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19292 another name for `submatch'.
19294 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19295 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19296 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19297 regular expression.
19299 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19300 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19301 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19302 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19303 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19305 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19306 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19308 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19309 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19312 like `zero-or-more'.
19315 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19318 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19320 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19321 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19324 like `one-or-more'.
19327 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19330 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19332 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19333 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19336 like `zero-or-one'.
19339 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19342 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19345 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19347 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19348 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19351 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19355 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19357 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19361 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19362 ;;;;;; (16039 16411))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19365 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19366 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19367 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19369 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19370 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19371 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19372 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19373 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19374 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19375 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19376 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19379 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19380 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19381 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19382 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19383 if that value is non-nil.
19387 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19388 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19389 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19392 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19393 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19394 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19395 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19396 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19397 that variable's value is a string.
19403 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19404 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19407 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19408 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19409 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19411 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19417 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
19419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
19421 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19422 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19423 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19424 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19426 Interesting variables:
19428 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19429 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19431 `scribe-electric-quote'
19432 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19434 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19435 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19436 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
19440 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19441 ;;;;;; (15935 44067))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19444 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19445 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19446 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19448 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19450 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19452 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19453 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19454 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19455 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19456 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19462 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19463 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19464 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19465 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19466 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19467 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16051 51641))
19468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19470 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19471 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19473 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19475 If `parens', they look like:
19476 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19477 If `angles', they look like:
19478 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19479 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19480 derived from the envelope-from address.
19482 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19483 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19484 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19485 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19487 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19489 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19490 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19491 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19492 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19494 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
19495 is a privileged operation.")
19497 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19499 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19500 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19501 This is done when the message is initialized,
19502 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19504 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19506 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19507 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19508 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19510 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19512 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19513 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19515 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19517 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19518 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19519 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19520 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19521 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19522 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19523 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19525 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19527 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19528 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19530 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19532 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19533 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19534 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19536 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19538 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19539 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19540 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19541 when you first send mail.")
19543 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19545 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19546 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19547 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19548 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19549 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19551 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19553 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19554 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19555 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19556 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19557 This file need not actually exist.")
19559 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19561 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19562 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19563 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19564 If a string, that string is inserted.
19565 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19566 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19567 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19568 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19570 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19572 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19573 *Directory for mail buffers.
19574 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19575 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19577 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19579 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19580 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19581 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19582 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19583 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19584 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19585 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19586 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19587 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19588 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19589 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19590 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19591 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19592 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19593 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
19595 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19596 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19597 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19598 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19599 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19600 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19602 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19603 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19604 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19606 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19607 User should not set this variable manually,
19608 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19609 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19610 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19611 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19613 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19614 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19615 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19616 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19618 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19619 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19622 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19624 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19625 to move to message header fields:
19628 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19629 when the message is initialized.
19631 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19632 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19634 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19637 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19638 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19640 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19641 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19643 The second through fifth arguments,
19644 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19645 the initial contents of those header fields.
19646 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19647 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19648 original message being replied to, or else an action
19649 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19650 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19651 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19652 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19653 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19654 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19656 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19658 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19659 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19661 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19663 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19664 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19666 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19670 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19671 ;;;;;; (16024 25477))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19674 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19675 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19676 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19677 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19678 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19679 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19681 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19683 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19685 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19686 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19687 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19689 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19691 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19693 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19694 Toggle Server mode.
19695 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19696 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19697 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19703 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (15933 28295))
19704 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19706 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19707 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19711 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19712 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19713 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19714 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19720 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19721 ;;;;;; (15904 40709))
19722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19724 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19725 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19727 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19730 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19731 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19732 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19734 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19735 your `.emacs' file.
19737 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19739 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19740 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19741 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
19743 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19744 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19745 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19746 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19747 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19748 which this is based.
19750 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19752 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19753 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19754 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19755 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19757 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19758 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19759 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19761 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19762 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19763 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19764 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19766 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19767 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19768 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19769 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19771 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19773 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19774 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
19775 To work around that, do:
19776 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19778 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
19782 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19783 ;;;;;; (15946 8210))
19784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19786 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
19788 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19789 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19790 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19791 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19792 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19793 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19795 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19796 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19797 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19798 shell-specific features.
19800 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19801 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19802 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19804 \\[sh-case] case statement
19805 \\[sh-for] for loop
19806 \\[sh-function] function definition
19807 \\[sh-if] if statement
19808 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19809 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19810 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19811 \\[sh-select] select loop
19812 \\[sh-until] until loop
19813 \\[sh-while] while loop
19815 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19816 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19817 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19818 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19819 would indent to the way it currently is.
19820 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19821 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19824 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19825 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19826 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19827 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19828 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19829 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19831 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19833 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19835 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19836 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19837 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19839 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19840 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19844 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
19848 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
19849 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
19850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
19852 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
19853 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
19855 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
19856 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
19857 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
19858 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
19861 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
19863 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
19865 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
19866 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
19867 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
19869 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
19870 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
19872 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
19873 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
19874 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
19875 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
19876 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
19877 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
19878 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
19881 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
19882 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
19883 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
19884 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
19885 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
19887 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
19888 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
19889 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
19895 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
19896 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16012
19898 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
19900 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
19901 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
19902 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
19903 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
19904 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
19905 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
19910 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
19911 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
19912 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
19913 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
19914 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
19918 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
19919 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
19920 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
19921 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
19922 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
19923 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
19924 `shadow-define-cluster').
19928 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
19929 Set up file shadowing.
19935 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
19936 ;;;;;; (15930 37817))
19937 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
19939 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
19940 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
19941 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
19942 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
19943 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
19946 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
19948 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
19949 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
19950 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
19951 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
19952 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
19953 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
19954 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
19955 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
19956 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
19957 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
19958 discards input when it starts up.)
19959 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
19960 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
19961 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
19963 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19964 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19965 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19966 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
19967 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19968 `default-process-coding-system'.
19970 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
19971 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
19972 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
19973 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
19975 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
19977 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19978 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
19982 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15962
19984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
19986 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
19987 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
19988 \\{simula-mode-map}
19989 Variables controlling indentation style:
19990 `simula-tab-always-indent'
19991 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
19992 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19993 `simula-indent-level'
19994 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
19995 `simula-substatement-offset'
19996 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
19997 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
19998 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
19999 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20000 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20001 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20002 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20003 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20004 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20005 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20006 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20007 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20008 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20009 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20010 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20011 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20012 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20013 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20014 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20015 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20016 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20017 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20018 or nil if they should not be changed.
20019 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20020 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20021 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20022 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20024 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20025 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
20029 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
20030 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
20031 ;;;;;; (15912 26916))
20032 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20034 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20035 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20037 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20038 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20039 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
20040 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
20041 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20043 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20045 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20046 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
20047 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20048 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20049 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20050 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20051 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20053 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
20054 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
20057 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
20059 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
20060 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
20061 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20062 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20063 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20064 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20065 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20067 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
20068 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
20071 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
20073 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20074 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20076 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20077 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20078 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20079 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20081 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20082 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20083 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20084 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20086 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20087 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20088 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20090 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20091 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20093 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20094 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20096 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20097 _ interesting point, interregion here
20098 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20099 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20100 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20101 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20102 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20103 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20106 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
20107 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
20109 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20110 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20111 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20112 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20113 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20114 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20115 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20116 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20118 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20119 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20120 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
20121 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20122 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20125 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20126 then: insert previously read string once more
20127 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
20128 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20129 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20131 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20132 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'.
20134 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20136 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20137 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20139 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20140 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20141 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20142 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20143 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20146 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20147 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20148 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20154 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20155 ;;;;;; (15935 44142))
20156 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20158 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20159 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20160 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20163 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20165 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20166 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20167 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20173 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20174 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
20175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20177 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20178 Display textual smileys as images.
20179 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20180 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20181 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20187 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20188 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (15935 48280))
20189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20191 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20196 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20197 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20203 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59594))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20206 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20207 Play the Snake game.
20208 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20210 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20212 Snake mode keybindings:
20214 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20215 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20216 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20217 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20218 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20219 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20220 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20226 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20227 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
20228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20230 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20231 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20232 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20233 Tab indents for C code.
20234 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20235 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20237 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20242 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20243 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20244 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20245 Tab indents for C code.
20246 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20247 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20249 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20250 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20256 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20257 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20258 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15935 46813))
20259 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20261 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20262 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20264 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20265 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20266 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20268 For example, the form
20270 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20271 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20273 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20275 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20277 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20278 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20280 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20281 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20282 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20285 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20287 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20289 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20290 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20292 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20293 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20294 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20297 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20299 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20301 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20302 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20303 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20306 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20308 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20310 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20311 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20312 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20314 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20315 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20317 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20321 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20322 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20323 Requires floating point.
20329 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15935
20331 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20333 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20336 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20337 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20338 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20339 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20340 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20341 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20342 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20343 check after each move or undo)
20347 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20348 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20349 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20368 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20369 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20370 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20371 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20373 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20374 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20375 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20378 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20379 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20381 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20397 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20399 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20405 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20406 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20407 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16011 22577))
20408 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20410 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20411 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20413 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20414 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20415 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20416 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20419 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20420 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20421 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20424 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20425 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20427 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20428 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20429 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20430 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20433 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20434 It should move point to the end of the record.
20436 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20437 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20438 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20439 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20440 starts at the beginning of the record.
20442 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20443 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20446 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN)" nil nil)
20448 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20449 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20450 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20451 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20452 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20455 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20457 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20458 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20459 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20460 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20461 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20464 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20466 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20467 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20468 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20469 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20470 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20473 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20475 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20476 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20477 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20478 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20479 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20480 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20481 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20482 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20483 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20485 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20487 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20488 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20489 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20490 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20491 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20492 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20493 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20496 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20498 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20499 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20500 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20501 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20502 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20503 is to be used for sorting.
20504 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20505 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20506 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20507 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20508 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20510 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20512 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20515 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20516 starting with the letter \"f\",
20517 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20519 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20521 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20522 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20523 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20524 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20525 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20526 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20527 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20530 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20531 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20532 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20533 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20534 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20536 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20538 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20539 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20540 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20542 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20546 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20547 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15935 44194))
20548 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20550 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20552 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20553 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20554 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20555 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20556 supported at a time.
20557 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20558 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20562 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20563 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20564 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20565 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20571 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20572 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
20573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20575 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20577 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20578 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20579 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20580 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20581 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20582 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20586 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20587 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20588 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20589 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20593 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20594 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20595 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20596 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20597 for example, \"word\".
20599 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20601 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20602 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20604 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20608 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
20610 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20612 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20613 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20617 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20618 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20624 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20625 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase
20626 ;;;;;; sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15836
20628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20630 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20631 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20633 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20634 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20636 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20638 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20639 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20641 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20643 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20644 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20645 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20646 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20647 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20648 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20649 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20650 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20652 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20654 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20655 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20656 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20657 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20659 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20660 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20661 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20662 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20664 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20665 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20666 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20670 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20671 Major mode to edit SQL.
20673 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20674 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20675 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20678 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20680 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20681 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20682 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20683 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20684 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20685 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20687 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20688 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20690 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20691 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20692 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20694 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20696 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20700 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20701 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20703 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20704 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20707 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20708 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20709 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20710 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20712 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20713 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20715 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20716 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20717 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20718 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20719 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20720 `default-process-coding-system'.
20722 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20726 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20727 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20729 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20730 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20733 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20734 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20735 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20736 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20738 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20739 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20741 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20742 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20743 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20744 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20745 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20746 `default-process-coding-system'.
20748 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20752 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20753 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20755 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20756 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20759 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20760 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20762 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20763 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20765 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20766 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20767 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20768 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20769 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20770 `default-process-coding-system'.
20772 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20776 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20777 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20779 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20781 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20782 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20785 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20786 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20787 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20788 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20790 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20791 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20793 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20794 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20795 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20796 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20797 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20798 `default-process-coding-system'.
20800 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20804 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20805 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20807 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20808 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20811 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20812 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20815 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20816 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20818 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20819 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20820 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20821 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20822 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20823 `default-process-coding-system'.
20825 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20829 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
20830 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
20832 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20833 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20836 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
20837 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20839 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20840 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20842 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20843 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20844 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20845 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20846 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20847 `default-process-coding-system'.
20849 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20853 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
20854 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
20856 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20857 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20860 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
20861 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
20862 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
20863 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
20865 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20866 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20868 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20869 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20870 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20871 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20872 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20873 `default-process-coding-system'.
20875 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20879 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
20880 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
20882 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20883 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20886 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
20887 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
20888 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
20889 `sql-postgres-options'.
20891 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20892 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20894 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20895 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20896 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20897 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20898 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20899 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
20900 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
20901 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
20903 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
20904 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
20906 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20910 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
20911 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
20913 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20914 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20917 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
20918 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20921 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20922 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20924 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20925 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20926 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20927 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20928 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20929 `default-process-coding-system'.
20931 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20935 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
20936 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
20938 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20939 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20942 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
20945 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20946 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20948 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
20949 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
20950 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
20951 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
20953 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20954 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20955 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20956 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20957 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20958 `default-process-coding-system'.
20960 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20964 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
20965 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
20967 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20968 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20971 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
20972 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
20973 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20974 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
20977 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
20978 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
20979 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
20980 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
20983 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20984 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20986 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
20987 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
20989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20995 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
20996 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
20997 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
20998 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
20999 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15948
21001 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21003 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21004 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21005 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21006 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21007 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21008 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21010 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21012 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21013 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21014 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21015 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21016 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21017 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21018 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21020 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21022 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21023 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21024 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21025 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21026 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21027 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21028 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21030 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21032 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21033 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21034 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21036 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21038 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21039 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21040 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21042 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21044 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21045 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21047 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21049 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21050 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21054 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21055 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21059 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21060 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21061 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21062 chronologically by command name.
21063 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21065 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21067 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21068 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21069 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21071 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21073 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21075 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21076 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21077 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21078 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21079 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21080 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21081 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21083 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21084 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21085 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21086 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21088 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21092 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21093 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21094 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21095 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21097 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21099 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21100 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21106 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21107 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
21108 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21110 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21111 Studlify-case the region.
21113 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21115 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21116 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21118 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21120 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21121 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21127 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21128 ;;;;;; (16048 25497))
21129 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21131 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21132 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21133 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21134 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
21135 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21136 original message but it does require a few things:
21138 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21140 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21143 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21144 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21147 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21149 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21151 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21152 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21153 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21159 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15935
21161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21163 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21164 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21165 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21166 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21168 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
21169 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
21170 avoid a more expansive scan.
21171 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21173 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21177 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
21178 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21180 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21181 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21182 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21183 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21184 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21186 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21188 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21189 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21190 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21191 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21192 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21193 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21194 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21196 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21200 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21201 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21202 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21203 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21204 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21205 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21206 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21207 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21208 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21209 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21210 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21211 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21212 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (15954 5687))
21213 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21215 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21216 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21217 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21219 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21221 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21222 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21224 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21226 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21227 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21229 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21231 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21232 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21234 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21236 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21237 Insert an editable text table.
21238 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21239 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21240 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21241 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21242 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21243 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21248 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21250 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21255 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21256 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21257 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21258 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21261 +-----+-----+-----+
21263 +-----+-----+-----+
21265 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21267 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21268 width, which results as
21270 +--------------+-----+-----+
21272 +--------------+-----+-----+
21274 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21275 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21277 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21279 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21281 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21282 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21283 width information to `table-insert'.
21285 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21291 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21294 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21295 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21297 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21302 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21304 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21307 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21312 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21314 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21317 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21320 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21323 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21324 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21325 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21327 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21336 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21338 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21341 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21344 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21345 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21346 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21347 | | |expected results.-!- |
21348 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21351 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21353 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21357 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21359 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21360 Insert N table row(s).
21361 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21362 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21363 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21364 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21368 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21369 Insert N table column(s).
21370 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21371 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21372 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21373 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21377 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21378 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21379 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21381 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21383 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21384 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21385 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21386 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21387 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21388 all the table specific features.
21390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21392 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21397 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21398 Recognize all tables within region.
21399 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21400 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21401 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21404 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21406 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21409 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21411 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21412 Recognize a table at point.
21413 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21414 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21415 the table specific features.
21417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21419 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21424 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21425 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21426 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21427 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21428 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21429 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21430 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21432 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21434 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21439 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21440 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21441 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21442 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21443 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21444 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21447 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21449 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21450 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21451 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21452 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21453 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21454 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21455 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21460 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21461 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21462 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21463 table's rectangle structure.
21465 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21467 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21468 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21469 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21470 table's rectangle structure.
21474 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21475 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21476 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21477 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21478 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21480 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21482 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21483 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21484 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21486 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21487 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21488 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21489 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21490 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21491 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21492 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21494 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21495 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21496 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21497 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21498 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21499 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21500 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21502 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21503 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21504 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21505 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21506 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21507 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21508 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21509 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21511 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21513 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21514 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21515 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21516 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21520 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21521 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21522 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21524 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21526 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21527 Split current cell vertically.
21528 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21532 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21533 Split current cell horizontally.
21534 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21538 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21539 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21540 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21542 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21544 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21545 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21546 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21547 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21549 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21551 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21552 Justify cell contents.
21553 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21554 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21555 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21556 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21558 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21560 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21561 Justify cells of a row.
21562 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21563 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21565 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21567 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21568 Justify cells of a column.
21569 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21570 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21572 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21574 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21575 Toggle fixing width mode.
21576 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21577 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21578 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21582 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21583 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21584 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21585 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21586 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21587 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21588 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21589 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21590 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21591 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21592 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21594 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21596 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21597 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21598 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21599 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21600 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21601 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21602 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21603 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21604 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21605 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21606 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21607 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21610 References used for this implementation:
21616 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21618 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21619 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21620 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21622 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21624 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21625 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21626 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21627 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21628 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21629 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21630 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21631 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21632 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21633 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21634 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21635 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21636 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21637 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21638 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21639 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21640 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21645 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21646 (table-forward-cell 15)
21647 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21648 (table-forward-cell 16)
21649 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21650 (table-forward-cell 1)
21651 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21654 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21655 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21656 (table-forward-cell 1)
21657 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21659 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21661 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21662 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21663 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21664 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21665 consists from cells of same height.
21669 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21670 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21671 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21672 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21673 column must consists from cells of same width.
21677 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21678 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21679 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21680 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21681 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21682 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21683 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21684 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21685 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21686 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21687 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21688 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21689 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21690 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21691 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21700 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21701 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21702 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21705 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21707 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21709 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21711 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21715 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21716 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21717 of each row is optional.
21722 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21723 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21724 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21725 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21726 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21728 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21729 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21731 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21732 expression and raw delimiter regular
21733 expression, it parses the specified text
21734 area and extracts cell items from
21735 non-table text and then forms a table out
21738 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21739 creates a single cell table. The text in
21740 the specified region is placed in that
21743 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21746 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21747 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21748 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21750 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21751 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21752 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21753 | area and extracts cell items from |
21754 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21757 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21758 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21759 | the specified region is placed in that |
21761 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21763 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21764 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21767 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21768 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21769 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21770 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21771 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21772 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21773 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21774 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21775 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21777 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21778 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21779 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21780 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21782 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21784 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21785 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21786 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21788 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21790 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21791 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21792 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21793 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21794 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21800 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15568 53176))
21801 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21803 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21804 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21806 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21810 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15950 37647))
21811 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21813 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21814 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21815 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21816 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21817 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21818 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21819 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21821 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21822 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21823 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21824 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21826 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21827 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
21831 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
21832 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15945 25970))
21833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
21835 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
21836 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
21837 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
21838 Tab indents for Tcl code.
21839 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21840 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21842 Variables controlling indentation style:
21844 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
21845 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
21846 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
21848 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
21849 documentation for details):
21850 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
21851 Controls action of TAB key.
21853 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
21854 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
21855 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
21856 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
21857 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
21859 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
21860 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
21864 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
21866 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
21867 Run inferior Tcl process.
21868 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
21869 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
21873 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
21874 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
21875 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
21877 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
21881 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15935 48476))
21882 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
21883 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21885 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
21886 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21887 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
21888 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
21889 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
21890 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
21891 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21894 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
21896 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
21897 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21898 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
21899 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21905 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15935
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
21909 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
21910 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
21911 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
21912 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
21913 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
21914 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
21916 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
21918 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
21919 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21920 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
21921 commands to use in that buffer.
21923 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
21925 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
21927 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
21928 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21930 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
21934 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
21936 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
21938 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
21939 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
21940 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
21941 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
21942 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
21943 program as keyboard input.
21945 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
21946 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
21947 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
21948 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
21950 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
21951 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
21952 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
21953 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
21954 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
21956 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
21958 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
21959 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
21960 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
21961 terminal-redisplay-interval.
21963 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
21964 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
21965 subprocess started.
21967 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
21971 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
21972 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16004 31775))
21973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
21975 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
21976 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
21977 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
21978 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
21979 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
21981 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
21983 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
21984 Start coverage on function under point.
21990 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59717))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
21993 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
21994 Play the Tetris game.
21995 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
21996 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
21997 as to form complete rows.
21999 tetris-mode keybindings:
22000 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22001 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22002 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22003 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22004 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22005 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22006 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22007 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22008 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22014 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22015 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22016 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22017 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22018 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22019 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22020 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22021 ;;;;;; (16027 4813))
22022 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22024 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22025 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22027 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22029 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22030 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22031 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22032 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22033 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22035 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22037 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22038 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22039 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22040 if it matches the first line of the file,
22041 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22043 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22045 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22046 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22047 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22048 if the variable is non-nil.")
22050 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22052 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22053 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22055 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22057 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22058 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22059 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22060 See the documentation of that variable.")
22062 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22064 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22065 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22066 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22067 See the documentation of that variable.")
22069 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22071 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22072 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22073 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22074 See the documentation of that variable.")
22076 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22078 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22079 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22080 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22081 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22082 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22084 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22086 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22087 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22088 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22089 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22091 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22093 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22094 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22095 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22097 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22099 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22100 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22101 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22102 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22104 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22106 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22107 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22108 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22109 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22111 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22113 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22114 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22115 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22116 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22118 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22119 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22122 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22123 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22125 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22128 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22130 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
22131 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22132 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22133 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22134 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22136 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22138 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22140 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22141 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22142 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22144 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22146 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22147 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22148 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22149 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22150 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22152 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22154 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22155 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22157 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22159 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22160 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22162 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22164 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" nil t nil)
22166 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22168 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22170 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22172 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22173 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22174 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22175 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22176 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22178 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22179 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22180 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22181 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22182 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22183 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22184 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22186 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22187 mismatched $'s or braces.
22190 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22194 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22196 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22197 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22198 tex-dvi-print-command
22199 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22200 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22201 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22202 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22203 tex-dvi-view-command
22204 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22205 tex-show-queue-command
22206 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22207 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22209 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22210 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22211 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
22213 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22214 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22215 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22216 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22217 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22219 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22220 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22221 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22222 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22223 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22224 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22225 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22227 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22228 mismatched $'s or braces.
22235 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22237 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22238 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22239 tex-dvi-print-command
22240 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22241 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22242 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22243 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22244 tex-dvi-view-command
22245 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22246 tex-show-queue-command
22247 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22248 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22250 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22251 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22252 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
22254 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22255 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22256 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22257 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22258 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22260 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22261 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22262 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22263 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22264 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22265 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22266 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22268 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22269 mismatched $'s or braces.
22272 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22276 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22278 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22279 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22280 tex-dvi-print-command
22281 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22282 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22283 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22284 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22285 tex-dvi-view-command
22286 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22287 tex-show-queue-command
22288 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22289 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22291 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22292 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22293 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22294 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
22296 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22301 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22302 Major mode to edit DocTeX files." t nil)
22306 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22307 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15944 17864))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22310 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22311 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22312 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22313 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22315 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22316 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22317 Info-split to do these manually.
22319 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22321 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22322 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22323 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22324 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22325 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22327 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22329 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22330 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22331 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22332 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22334 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22335 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22336 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22337 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22339 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22340 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22342 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22346 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22347 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15986 22457))
22348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22350 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22351 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22353 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22355 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22356 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22358 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22360 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22361 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22363 It has these extra commands:
22364 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22366 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22367 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22368 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22369 modified version of TeX input format.
22371 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22372 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22373 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22374 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22376 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22377 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22378 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22379 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22380 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22381 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22382 in the Texinfo file.
22384 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22385 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22386 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22387 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22388 move forward past the closing brace.
22390 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22391 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22393 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22394 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22395 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22397 Here are the functions:
22399 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22400 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22401 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22403 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22404 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22405 texinfo-master-menu
22407 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22409 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22410 which menu descriptions are indented.
22412 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22413 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22416 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22417 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22418 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22419 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22421 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22422 be the first node in the file.
22424 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22425 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
22429 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22430 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22431 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15935 48150))
22432 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22434 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22435 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22436 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22437 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22439 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22441 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22442 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22444 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22446 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22447 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22451 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22454 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22456 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22457 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22458 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22459 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22462 The return value is number of composed characters.
22464 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22468 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22469 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22470 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15935 44362))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22473 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22474 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22476 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22478 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22479 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22480 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22481 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22482 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22484 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22485 a symbol as a valid THING.
22487 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22488 of the textual entity that was found.
22490 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22492 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22493 Return the THING at point.
22494 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22495 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22496 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22498 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22499 a symbol as a valid THING.
22501 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22503 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22508 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22513 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22518 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22525 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22526 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22527 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22528 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22529 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22530 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15935 48150))
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22533 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22534 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22535 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22539 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22540 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22542 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22544 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22545 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22546 The returned string has no composition information.
22548 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22550 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22551 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22553 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22555 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22556 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22558 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22560 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22561 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22562 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22563 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22567 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22568 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22569 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22570 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22572 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22574 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22577 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22579 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22580 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22581 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22585 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22586 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22587 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22591 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22594 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22596 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22599 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22601 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22604 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22608 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22609 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22612 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22613 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22614 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22615 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22617 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22619 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22621 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22622 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22623 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22624 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22626 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22632 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22633 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16009 54369))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22636 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22637 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22639 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22641 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22642 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22643 This display updates automatically every minute.
22644 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22645 are displayed as well.
22646 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22650 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22651 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22652 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22654 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22656 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22658 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22659 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22660 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22662 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22663 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22664 are displayed as well.
22665 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22671 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22672 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22673 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22674 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
22675 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22677 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22678 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22680 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22682 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22683 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22685 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22687 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22688 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22690 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22692 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22693 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22695 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22697 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22698 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22699 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22701 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22703 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22705 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22706 Subtract two time values.
22707 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22709 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22711 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22712 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22714 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22716 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22717 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22718 DATE should be a date-time string.
22720 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22722 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22723 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22724 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22726 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22728 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22729 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22731 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22733 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22734 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22736 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22738 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22739 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22740 TIME should be a time value.
22741 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22743 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22745 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22746 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22747 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22749 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22753 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22754 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15931 55755))
22755 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22757 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22758 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22759 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22760 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22761 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22762 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22763 look like one of the following:
22766 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22767 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22768 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22769 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22770 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22771 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22776 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22777 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22778 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22784 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22785 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22786 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22787 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22788 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
22789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22791 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22792 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22793 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
22794 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
22795 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
22796 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
22797 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
22798 \(non-nil means on).
22800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22802 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22803 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22804 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
22805 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
22806 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
22807 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
22808 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
22809 this function is called within a day.
22811 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
22812 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
22813 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
22814 discover the name of the project.
22816 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
22818 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
22819 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22820 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
22821 begun during the last time segment.
22823 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
22824 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
22825 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
22826 discover the reason.
22828 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
22830 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
22831 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
22833 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22835 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
22836 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
22837 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
22838 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
22839 project you were working on.
22841 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
22843 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
22844 Ask the user before clocking out.
22845 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'.
22849 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
22850 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
22851 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
22855 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
22856 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
22857 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
22858 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
22859 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
22860 \"relative to today\".
22862 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22864 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
22865 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
22866 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
22867 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
22869 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
22871 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
22872 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
22873 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
22874 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
22875 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
22876 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
22877 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
22878 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
22881 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22885 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
22886 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
22887 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15935 44381))
22888 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
22890 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
22892 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
22893 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
22895 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
22897 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
22898 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
22900 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
22902 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
22903 Perform an action at time TIME.
22904 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22905 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
22906 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
22907 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
22908 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
22909 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22911 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22913 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22915 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
22916 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
22917 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22918 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
22919 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22921 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22923 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22925 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
22926 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
22927 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
22928 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
22930 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
22932 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
22933 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
22934 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22935 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
22937 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
22938 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
22940 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22942 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22943 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
22945 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
22946 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
22947 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
22948 The call should look like:
22949 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
22950 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
22951 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
22952 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
22955 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22959 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
22960 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15935 48018))
22961 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
22963 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22964 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
22965 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
22966 the generated Quail package is saved.
22968 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
22970 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22971 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
22972 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
22973 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
22974 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
22975 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
22976 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
22978 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
22982 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region)
22983 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (15944 21527))
22984 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
22986 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
22989 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22991 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
22992 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
22993 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
22996 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23000 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23001 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 11342))
23002 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23003 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23004 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23005 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23007 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23008 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23009 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23010 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23011 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23013 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23015 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23016 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23017 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23018 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23019 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23021 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23023 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23024 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23025 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23026 in the menu in two ways:
23027 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23028 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23029 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23031 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23032 keymap or an alist of alists.
23033 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23034 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23036 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23040 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23041 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23042 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
23043 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23045 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23046 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23050 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23051 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23053 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23055 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23056 Insert new TODO list entry.
23057 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23062 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23063 List top priorities for each category.
23065 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23066 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23068 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23069 between each category.
23071 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23073 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23074 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23075 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23076 between each category.
23078 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23080 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23082 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23083 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23089 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23090 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23094 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23101 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23102 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23103 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15668 41521))
23104 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23106 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23107 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23108 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23110 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23112 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23114 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23115 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23116 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23118 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23119 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23123 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23125 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23126 Add an item to the tool bar.
23127 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23128 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23129 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23130 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23132 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23133 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23134 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23136 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23137 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23139 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23141 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23142 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23143 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23144 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23145 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23146 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23148 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23149 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23150 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23152 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23154 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23155 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23156 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23157 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23158 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23159 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23160 properties to add to the binding.
23162 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23164 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23165 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23167 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23169 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23170 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23171 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23172 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23173 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23174 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23175 properties to add to the binding.
23177 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23179 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23183 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23184 ;;;;;; (15935 44436))
23185 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23187 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23188 Mode for tooltip display.
23189 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23193 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23194 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23196 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23198 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23202 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
23204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23206 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23208 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23210 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23211 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23217 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23218 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
23219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23221 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23222 Set scroll margins.
23224 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23226 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23227 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23231 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23232 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23238 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15954 11393))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23241 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23242 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23243 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23244 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23245 to a tcp server on another machine.
23247 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23251 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23252 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15761 63033))
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23255 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23256 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23258 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23260 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23261 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23262 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23263 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23264 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23265 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23266 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23267 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23269 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23271 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23272 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23273 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23274 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23275 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23276 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23277 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23279 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23283 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23284 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23285 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16019 11187))
23286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23288 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23289 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23290 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23292 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23293 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23294 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23295 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23297 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23298 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23299 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23300 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23302 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23303 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23304 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23305 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23306 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23307 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23308 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23309 files which are not really tramp files.
23311 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23312 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23313 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23314 updated after changing this variable.
23316 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23318 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23320 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23321 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23322 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23323 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23325 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23326 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23327 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23328 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23330 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23331 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23332 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23334 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23335 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23336 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23337 updated after changing this variable.
23339 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23341 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23343 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23344 Invoke tramp file name handler.
23345 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23347 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23349 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23350 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23351 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23353 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23355 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23359 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23360 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
23361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23362 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23363 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23364 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23366 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23367 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23368 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23369 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23370 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23371 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23372 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23374 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23376 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23377 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23378 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23379 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23381 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23385 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23386 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23387 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23388 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23389 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23390 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23391 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23393 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23394 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23396 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23399 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23401 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23407 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23408 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23409 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23410 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16022 48590))
23411 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23413 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23414 Toggle typing break mode.
23415 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23417 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23419 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23421 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23422 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23424 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23426 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23427 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23429 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
23430 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23431 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23433 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23434 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23436 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23438 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23439 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23440 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23442 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23443 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23444 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23445 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23446 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23447 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23449 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23450 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23451 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23452 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23454 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23455 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23457 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23458 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23460 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23462 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23463 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23464 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23466 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23467 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23468 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23469 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23470 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23471 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23472 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23474 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23475 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23477 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23478 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23479 reset the keystroke counter.
23481 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23482 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23483 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23484 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23486 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23487 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23488 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23489 `type-break-schedule' command.
23491 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23492 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23493 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23494 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23495 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23496 or not to continue.
23498 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23499 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23500 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23501 approximate good values for this.
23503 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23504 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23506 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23507 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23508 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23509 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23510 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23511 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23513 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23514 a typing break occur. They include:
23516 `type-break-query-mode'
23517 `type-break-query-function'
23518 `type-break-query-interval'
23520 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23522 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23524 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23525 Take a typing break.
23527 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23528 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23530 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23531 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23535 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23536 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23537 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23538 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23542 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23543 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23545 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23546 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23547 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23548 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23549 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23550 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23551 average typing speed.)
23553 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23554 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23555 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23556 the computed maximum threshold.
23558 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23559 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23560 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23561 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23562 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23564 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23568 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23569 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
23570 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23572 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23573 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23574 Works by overstriking underscores.
23575 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23576 which specify the range to operate on.
23578 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23580 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23581 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23582 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23583 which specify the range to operate on.
23585 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23589 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23590 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15956 38952))
23591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23593 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23594 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23595 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23599 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23600 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23601 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23602 following the containing message.
23608 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23609 ;;;;;; (15763 33775))
23610 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23612 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23613 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23614 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23615 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23616 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23617 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23621 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23622 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23624 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23628 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (15935
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23632 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23633 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23634 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23635 of symbols with local bindings.
23637 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23641 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23642 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15764 44217))
23643 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23645 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23646 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23647 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23648 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23649 to refrain from editing the file
23650 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23651 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23652 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23653 in any way you like.
23655 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23657 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23658 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23659 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23660 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23661 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23663 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23664 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23670 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23671 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23674 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23675 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23676 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23677 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23679 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23681 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23682 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23683 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23685 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23689 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23690 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23691 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23692 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23693 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23694 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23695 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15955 54118))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23698 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23699 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23702 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23704 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23705 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23708 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23710 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23711 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23714 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23716 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23717 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23719 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23721 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23722 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23723 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23724 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23725 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23726 somebody else, signal error.
23728 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23730 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23731 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23732 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23733 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23734 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23736 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23738 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23739 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23740 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23741 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23742 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23743 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23744 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23745 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23746 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23747 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23748 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23750 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23752 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23753 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23755 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23756 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23758 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23759 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23760 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23761 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23762 lock steals will raise an error.
23764 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23766 For RCS and SCCS files:
23767 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23769 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23770 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23771 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23772 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23773 it performs a revert.
23774 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23775 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23776 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23777 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23778 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23779 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23780 the option to steal the lock.
23783 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23784 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23785 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23786 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23787 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23788 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23789 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23790 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23791 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23793 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23795 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23796 Register the current file into a version control system.
23797 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23798 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23800 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
23801 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
23802 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
23803 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
23804 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
23805 first backend that could register the file is used.
23807 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
23809 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
23810 Display diffs between file versions.
23811 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
23812 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
23813 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
23814 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
23815 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
23818 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
23820 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
23821 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
23822 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
23823 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
23827 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
23828 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
23829 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
23830 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
23834 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
23835 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
23836 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
23837 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
23838 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
23839 from the current branch.
23841 See Info node `Merging'.
23845 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
23847 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
23848 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
23850 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
23852 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
23853 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
23855 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
23857 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
23858 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
23859 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
23860 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
23861 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
23862 are checked out in that new branch.
23864 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
23866 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
23867 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
23868 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
23869 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
23870 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
23871 allowed and simply skipped).
23873 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
23875 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
23876 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
23880 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
23881 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
23882 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
23883 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
23884 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
23888 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
23889 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
23890 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
23891 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
23892 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
23893 the current branch are merged into the working file.
23897 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
23898 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
23899 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
23901 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
23903 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
23904 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
23905 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
23906 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
23907 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
23908 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
23909 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
23911 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
23913 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
23914 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
23915 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
23916 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
23917 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
23918 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
23919 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
23920 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
23921 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
23923 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
23925 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
23926 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
23928 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
23930 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
23931 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
23932 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
23935 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
23937 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
23938 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
23939 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
23941 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
23942 log entries should be gathered.
23944 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23946 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
23947 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
23949 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
23950 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
23951 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
23952 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
23953 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
23954 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23956 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
23957 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
23958 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
23959 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
23960 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
23961 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
23962 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
23963 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23965 Customization variables:
23967 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
23968 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
23969 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
23970 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
23972 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
23976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16038 37288))
23977 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
23978 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
23979 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
23980 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
23982 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
23986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16053 24103))
23987 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
23988 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
23990 (while (and (stringp dir)
23991 (not (equal dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir)))))
23992 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
23993 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
23994 t (directory-file-name dir))))
23998 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24002 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24003 ;;;;;; (15935 44540))
24004 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24006 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24007 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24008 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24010 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24011 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24015 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24016 ;;;;;; (15935 44554))
24017 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24019 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24020 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24021 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24023 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24024 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24026 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24027 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24028 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24029 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16054 36275))
24034 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24035 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24036 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24037 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24039 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24043 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24044 ;;;;;; (15973 44110))
24045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24047 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24048 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24053 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24054 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24055 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24056 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24057 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24058 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24059 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24060 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24061 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24063 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24064 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24065 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24066 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24068 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24069 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24070 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24071 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24072 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24074 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24075 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24079 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24080 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24081 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24085 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24086 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24087 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24088 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24090 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24091 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24092 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24093 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24094 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24098 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24099 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24100 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24101 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24103 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24104 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24105 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24106 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24107 beginning with \"std\").
24109 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24110 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24111 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24116 `--' puts a single comment.
24117 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24118 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24119 with a comment in between.
24120 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24121 out following lines.
24122 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24123 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24125 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24126 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24127 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24128 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24129 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24132 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24133 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24134 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24135 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24136 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24137 multi-line comments.
24141 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24142 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24143 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24144 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24146 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24147 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24148 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24149 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24151 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24152 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24155 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24156 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24160 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24161 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24162 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24163 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24164 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24165 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24166 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24167 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24169 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24170 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24171 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24172 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24173 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24176 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24177 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24178 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24180 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24181 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24185 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24186 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24187 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24188 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24189 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24190 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24193 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24194 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24195 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24196 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24199 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24203 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24204 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24205 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24206 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24207 internal signal initializations (menu).
24209 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24210 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24211 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24213 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24214 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24215 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24216 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24217 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24218 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24220 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24221 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24222 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24225 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24226 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24227 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24228 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24229 | association list with formals).
24232 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24233 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24234 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24235 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24236 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24237 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24238 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24239 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24244 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24248 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24252 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24253 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24254 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24256 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24257 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24260 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24261 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24262 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24263 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24265 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24266 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24267 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24269 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24270 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24271 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24272 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24274 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24275 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24276 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24277 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24278 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24280 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24281 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24282 required by secondary units.
24285 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24286 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24287 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24288 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24289 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24290 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24291 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24292 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24293 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24294 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24295 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24296 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24297 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24298 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24299 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24301 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24302 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24303 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24304 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24305 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24307 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24308 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24309 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24310 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24311 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24313 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24314 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24316 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24319 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24320 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24321 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24322 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24323 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24324 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24325 information. New compilers can be added.
24327 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24328 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24331 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24332 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24333 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24334 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24335 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24337 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24340 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24341 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24342 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24344 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24345 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24346 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24347 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24348 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24349 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24350 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24353 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24354 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24355 not (yet) supported.
24356 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24357 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24358 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24362 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24363 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24364 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24365 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24366 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24367 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24368 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24369 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24371 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24372 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24373 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24374 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24375 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24376 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24377 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24378 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24379 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24380 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24381 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24385 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24386 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24387 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24388 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24389 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24390 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24391 current directory for VHDL source files.
24395 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24396 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24400 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24401 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24402 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24403 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24404 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24405 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24406 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24407 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24410 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24411 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24412 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24413 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24414 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24415 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24416 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24418 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24419 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24420 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24421 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24422 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24423 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24425 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24426 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24427 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24428 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24429 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24432 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24433 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24434 highlighted if written in lower case.
24436 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24437 highlighted using a different background color if option
24438 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24440 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24441 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24442 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24443 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24444 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24448 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24449 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24450 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24454 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24455 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24456 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24457 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24458 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24462 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24463 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24465 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24466 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24467 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24468 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24469 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24470 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24471 (used to obtain the port names).
24475 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24476 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24480 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24481 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24482 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24483 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24484 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24485 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24486 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24491 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24492 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24493 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24494 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24495 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24497 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24498 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24499 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24500 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24501 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24504 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24505 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24509 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24510 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24511 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24513 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24517 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24518 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24520 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24522 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24524 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24528 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24534 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24535 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24537 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24539 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24540 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24541 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24542 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24544 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24545 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24546 where the latest version can be found.
24552 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24553 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24554 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24557 The VHDL Mode Authors
24558 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24569 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15935 47202))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24572 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24573 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24574 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24575 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24577 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24578 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24579 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24580 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24581 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24583 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24584 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24586 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24588 * Limitations and unsupported features
24589 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24591 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24592 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24595 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24596 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24597 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24598 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24599 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24600 for undoing a repeated change command.
24601 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24602 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24603 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24606 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24607 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24608 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24609 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24610 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24611 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24612 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24613 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24615 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24621 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24622 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24623 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24624 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15901 33692))
24625 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24627 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24628 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24630 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24632 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24633 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24634 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24635 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24639 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24640 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24644 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24645 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24646 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24647 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24649 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24651 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24652 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24656 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24659 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24661 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24664 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24668 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24669 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24670 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16051
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24674 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24675 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24676 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24677 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24679 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24681 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24682 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24683 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24684 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24685 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24686 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24687 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24689 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24693 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24694 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24695 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24696 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24697 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24698 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24699 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24700 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24702 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24706 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24707 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24708 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24709 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24710 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24711 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24712 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24713 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24715 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24719 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24720 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24721 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24722 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24723 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24724 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24725 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24727 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24729 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24730 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24731 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24733 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24735 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
24736 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
24737 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24738 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24739 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24740 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24741 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24742 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24744 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24746 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24747 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24748 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24750 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24752 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
24753 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
24754 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24755 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24756 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24757 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24758 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24759 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24761 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24763 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24764 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24765 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24767 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24769 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
24770 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
24771 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
24773 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
24774 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
24775 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
24778 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
24779 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
24780 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
24781 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
24782 commands default to a repeat count of one.
24784 H, h, ? This message.
24785 Digits provide prefix arguments.
24786 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
24787 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
24788 > move to the end of buffer.
24789 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
24790 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
24791 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
24792 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
24793 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
24794 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24795 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24796 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24797 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
24798 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24799 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
24800 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
24801 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
24802 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
24803 Use this to view a changing file.
24804 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
24805 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
24806 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
24808 x exchanges point and mark.
24809 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
24810 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
24811 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
24812 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
24813 ' go to position saved in character register.
24814 s do forward incremental search.
24815 r do reverse incremental search.
24816 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
24817 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
24818 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
24819 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
24820 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
24821 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
24822 p searches backward for last regular expression.
24823 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
24824 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
24825 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
24826 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
24827 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
24828 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
24829 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
24830 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
24831 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
24832 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
24834 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
24835 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
24836 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
24837 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
24838 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
24839 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
24840 will return to that buffer.
24842 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24846 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
24847 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
24848 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
24849 `view-return-to-alist'.
24850 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
24851 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
24852 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
24854 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
24855 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
24856 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
24857 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
24858 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
24860 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
24861 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
24862 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
24863 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
24865 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24867 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24869 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
24871 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
24872 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
24878 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15935 47202))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
24881 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
24882 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
24888 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
24889 ;;;;;; (15935 47203))
24890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
24892 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
24893 Toggle Viper on/off.
24894 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
24898 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
24899 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
24905 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
24906 ;;;;;; (15832 5930))
24907 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
24909 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
24910 Function to generate warning prefixes.
24911 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
24912 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
24913 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
24914 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
24915 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
24916 the beginning of the warning.")
24918 (defvar warning-series nil "\
24919 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
24920 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
24921 which is the start of the current series; it means that
24922 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
24923 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
24924 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
24925 also call that function before the next warning.")
24927 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
24928 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
24930 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
24931 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
24932 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
24933 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
24935 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
24936 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
24937 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
24938 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
24939 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
24940 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
24942 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
24943 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
24944 if you do not attend to it promptly.
24945 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
24946 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
24947 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
24948 :debug -- info for debugging only.
24950 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
24951 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
24953 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
24955 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
24956 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
24958 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
24960 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
24961 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
24962 Aside from generating the message with `format',
24963 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
24965 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
24966 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
24967 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
24968 can be whatever you like.)
24970 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
24971 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
24972 if you do not attend to it promptly.
24973 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
24974 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
24976 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24978 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
24979 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
24980 Aside from generating the message with `format',
24981 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
24982 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
24984 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24988 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15935 48476))
24989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
24991 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
24992 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
24994 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
24997 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25004 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
25005 ;;;;;; (16034 39630))
25006 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
25008 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25010 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25011 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25012 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25014 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25016 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25018 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25019 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25020 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25021 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25023 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25030 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25031 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25032 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25033 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25034 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25035 ;;;;;; (15851 63104))
25036 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25038 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25039 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25043 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25044 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25048 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25049 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25053 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25054 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25058 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25059 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25063 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25064 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25066 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25067 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25068 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25069 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25070 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25072 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25074 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25075 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25077 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25079 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25080 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25084 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25085 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25087 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25088 whitespace problems.
25092 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25093 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25097 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25098 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25099 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25101 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25103 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25105 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25106 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25107 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
25109 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25110 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25114 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25115 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25116 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25122 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25123 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15935 44721))
25124 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25126 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25127 Browse the widget under point.
25131 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25132 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25134 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25136 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25137 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25139 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25141 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25142 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25143 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25149 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25150 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15948
25152 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25154 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25155 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25157 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25159 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25160 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25161 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25163 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25165 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25166 Create widget of TYPE.
25167 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25169 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25171 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25174 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25176 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25177 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25179 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25181 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25182 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25183 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25185 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25186 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25192 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25193 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
25195 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25197 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25198 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25199 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25200 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25201 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25202 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25203 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25207 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25208 Select the window above the current one.
25209 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25210 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25211 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25212 negative ARG) of the current window.
25213 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25217 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25218 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25219 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25220 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25221 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25222 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25223 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25227 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25228 Select the window below the current one.
25229 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25230 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25231 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25232 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25233 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25237 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25238 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25239 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25240 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25242 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25246 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25247 ;;;;;; (15935 44772))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25250 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25251 Toggle winner-mode.
25252 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25253 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25255 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25257 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25258 Toggle Winner mode.
25259 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25265 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25266 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16011 21748))
25267 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25269 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25270 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25271 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25272 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25273 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25274 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25275 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25276 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25278 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25279 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25281 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25283 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25284 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25288 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25289 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25290 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25291 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25292 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25293 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25294 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25295 `woman' command for further details.
25297 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25301 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25302 ;;;;;; (15935 47203))
25303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25305 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25306 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25309 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25310 are not implemented
25311 - Options for search and replace
25312 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25313 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25315 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25318 The key bindings are:
25328 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25330 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25331 C-l ws-repeat-search
25334 C-r scroll-down-line
25341 C-y kill-complete-line
25344 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25345 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25346 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25347 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25348 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25349 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25350 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25351 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25352 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25353 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25354 C-k b ws-begin-block
25355 C-k c ws-copy-block
25356 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25358 C-k h ws-show-markers
25359 C-k i ws-indent-block
25361 C-k p ws-print-block
25364 C-k s save-some-buffers
25366 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25367 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25368 C-k v ws-move-block
25369 C-k w ws-write-block
25371 C-k y ws-delete-block
25373 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25374 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25375 C-o j justify-current-line
25378 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25379 C-o r set-fill-column
25380 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25381 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25382 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25383 C-o wo other-window
25384 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25386 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25387 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25388 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25389 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25390 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25391 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25392 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25393 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25394 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25395 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25396 C-q a ws-query-replace
25397 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25398 C-q c end-of-buffer
25401 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25403 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25404 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25405 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25406 C-q w ws-last-error
25408 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25414 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16017
25416 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25418 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25419 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25420 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25422 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25424 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25426 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25427 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25428 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25430 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25436 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25437 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
25438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25440 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25441 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25443 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25445 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25446 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25448 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25450 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25451 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25452 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25454 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25456 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25457 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25463 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15634 63601))
25464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25466 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25467 Zone out, completely.
25473 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25474 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15935 48476))
25475 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25477 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25478 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25482 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25483 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25485 Zone-mode does two things:
25487 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25488 when saving the file
25490 - fontification" t nil)
25494 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25495 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
25496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
25497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
25498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
25499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
25500 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
25501 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
25502 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
25503 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
25504 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
25505 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
25506 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
25507 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
25508 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
25509 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
25510 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
25511 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
25512 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
25513 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
25514 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
25515 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
25516 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
25517 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
25518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
25519 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
25520 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
25521 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
25522 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
25523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
25524 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
25525 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
25526 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
25527 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
25528 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
25529 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
25530 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
25531 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
25532 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
25533 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
25534 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
25535 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
25536 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
25537 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
25538 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
25539 ;;;;;; "float-sup.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
25540 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
25541 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
25542 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
25543 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
25544 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25545 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25546 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25547 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25548 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25549 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25550 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25551 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25552 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25553 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25554 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25555 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25556 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25557 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25558 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25559 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25560 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25561 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25562 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25563 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25564 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25565 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25566 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25567 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25568 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25569 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25570 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25571 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
25572 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25573 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25574 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25575 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25576 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25577 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25578 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25579 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25580 ;;;;;; "loaddefs1.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
25581 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
25582 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
25583 ;;;;;; "map-ynp.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
25584 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
25585 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
25586 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el"
25587 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
25588 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
25589 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
25590 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
25591 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
25592 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
25593 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
25594 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
25595 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
25596 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
25597 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
25598 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
25599 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
25600 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
25601 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
25602 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "regi.el" "register.el"
25603 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
25604 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
25605 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
25606 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
25607 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
25608 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
25609 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
25610 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
25611 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
25612 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
25613 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
25614 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
25615 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
25616 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
25617 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
25618 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
25619 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
25620 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
25621 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
25622 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
25623 ;;;;;; "xml.el") (16055 65403 916393))
25627 ;;; Local Variables:
25628 ;;; version-control: never
25629 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25630 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25632 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here